Proxim Wireless MP11R-ABG MP.11x outdoor wireless Etherenet system User Manual MP 11 R FCC

Download:
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]
Document ID	790135
Application ID	pFDIDcL5m/dpjCYUd+9eIw==
Document Description	manual 2
Short Term Confidential	No
Permanent Confidential	No
Supercede	No
Document Type	User Manual
Display Format	Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize	271.7kB (3396282 bits)
Date Submitted	2007-05-09 00:00:00
Date Available	2007-11-26 00:00:00
Creation Date	2007-05-09 08:03:49
Producing Software	Acrobat Distiller 7.0.5 (Windows)
Document Lastmod	2007-05-09 08:04:04
Document Title	MP.11-R-FCC.book
Document Creator	FrameMaker 7.1
Document Author:	ADickson

MP.11-R Installation and Management
Configuration
This chapter describes configuring the unit’s settings using the unit’s Web Interface.
Click the Configure button to access configuration settings.
The following topics are discussed in this section:
•
System Parameters
•
Network Parameters
•
Interface Parameters
•
SNMP Parameters
•
RIP Parameters (Routing Mode Only)
•
Management Parameters
•
Security Parameters
•
Filtering Parameters
•
Intra-Cell Blocking (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
•
VLAN Parameters (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
•
QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only)
•
NAT (SU Only; Routing Mode Only)
Help and Exit buttons also appear on each page of the Web interface; click the Help button to access online help; click
the Exit button to exit the application.
For an introduction to the basics of management, see Basic Management.
System Parameters
The System configuration page lets you change the unit’s System Name, Location, Mode of Operation, and so on.
These details help you to distinguish the unit from other routers and let you know whom to contact in case you
experience problems.
Click Configure > System; the following window is displayed.
59
Configuration
System Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
You can enter the following details:
•
System Name: This is the system name for easy identification of the BSU or SU. The System Name field is limited to
a length of 32 bytes. Use the system name of a BSU to configure the Base Station System Name parameter on an SU
if you want the SU to register only with this BSU. If the Base Station System Name is left blank on the SU, it can
register with any Base Station that has a matching Network Name and Network Secret.
•
Country: Upon choosing a country, the Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) and Transmit Power Control (TPC)
features are enabled automatically if the selected country has a regulatory domain that requires it. The Country
selection pre-selects and displays only the allowed frequencies for the selected country.
Click Configure > Interfaces > Wireless to see the channel/frequency list for the selected Country.
NOTE: The Country field is not configurable for Model 4954-R.
NOTE: Units sold only in the United States are pre-configured to scan and display only the outdoor frequencies
permitted by the FCC. No other Country selections, channels, or frequencies can be configured. Units sold
outside of the United States support the selection of a Country by the professional installer. If you change the
Country, a reboot of the unit is necessary for the upgrade to take place.
Dynamic Frequency Selection is not supported in 2.4 GHz operational mode; it is supported on Model 5054-R units
only.
For a non US-only device, the default country selected is United Kingdom (GB).
Note the following:
–
The channel center frequencies are not regulated; only the band edge frequencies are regulated.
–
If, before upgrade, US was selected as a country for a non US-Only device (which is an incorrect configuration),
the country is changed automatically to United Kingdom upon upgrade.
See Country Codes and Channels for a list of country codes.
•
Location: This field can be used to describe the location of the unit, for example “Main Lobby.”
•
Contact Name, Contact Email, and Contact Phone: In these fields, you can enter the details of the person to
contact.
•
ObjectID: This field shows the OID of the product name in the MIB.
•
Ethernet MAC Address: The MAC address of the Ethernet interface of the device.
•
Descriptor: Shows the product name and firmware build version.
•
Up Time: The length of time the device has been up and running since the last reboot.
60
Configuration
System Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
•
Mode of Operation: This field sets the unit as bridge (layer 2) or as router (layer 3). See Bridge and Routing Modes
for more information.
•
Temperature Logging Interval: This field sets the interval at which unit temperature is logged.
Bridge and Routing Modes
Bridge Mode
A bridge is a product that connects a local area network (LAN) to another local area network that uses the same protocol
(for example, Ethernet). You can envision a bridge as being a device that decides whether a message from you to
someone else is going to the local area network in your building or to someone on the local area network in the building
across the street. A bridge examines each message on a LAN, passing those known to be within the same LAN, and
forwarding those known to be on the other interconnected LAN (or LANs).
In bridging networks, computer or node addresses have no specific relationship to location. For this reason, messages
are sent out to every address on the network and accepted only by the intended destination node. Bridges learn which
addresses are on which network and develop a learning table so that subsequent messages can be forwarded to the
correct network.
Bridging networks are generally always interconnected LANs since broadcasting every message to all possible
destination would flood a larger network with unnecessary traffic. For this reason, router networks such as the Internet
use a scheme that assigns addresses to nodes so that a message or packet can be forwarded only in one general
direction rather than forwarded in all directions.
A bridge works at the data-link (physical) layer of a network, copying a data packet from one network to the next network
along the communications path.
The default Bridging Mode is Transparent Bridging.
This mode works if you do not use source routing in your network. If your network is configured to use source routing,
then you should use either Multi-Ring SRTB or Single-Ring SRTB mode.
In Multi-Ring SRTB mode, each unit must be configured with the Bridge number, Radio Ring number, and Token Ring
number. The Radio Ring number is unique for each Token Ring Access Point and the Bridge number is unique for each
Token Ring Access Point on the same Token Ring segment.
Alternatively, you may use the Single-Ring SRTB mode. In this mode, only the Token Ring number is required for
configuration.
Routing Mode
Routing mode can be used by customers seeking to segment their outdoor wireless network using routers instead of
keeping a transparent or bridged network. By default the unit is configured as a bridge device, which means traffic
between different outdoor locations can be seen from any point on the network.
By switching to routing mode, your network now is segmented by a layer 3 (IP) device. By using Routing mode, each
network behind the BSU and SUs can be considered a separate network with access to each controlled through routing
tables.
The use of a router on your network also blocks the retransmission of broadcast and multicast packets on your networks,
which can help to improve the performance on your outdoor network in larger installations.
The use of Routing mode requires more attention to the configuration of the unit and thorough planning of the network
topology of your outdoor network. The unit can use Routing mode in any combination of BSU and SUs. For example, you
may have the BSU in Routing mode and the SU in Bridge mode, or vice versa.
When using Routing mode, pay close attention to the configuration of the default gateway both on your unit and on your
PCs and servers. The default gateway controls where packets with unknown destinations (Internet) should be sent. Be
sure that each device is configured with the correct default gateway for the next hop router. Usually this is the next router
61
Configuration
System Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
on the way to your connection to the Internet. You can configure routes to other networks on your Intranet through the
addition of static routes in your router’s routing table.
Key Reasons to Use Routing Mode
One key reason why customers would use Routing mode is to implement virtual private networks (VPNs) or to let nodes
behind two different SUs communicate with each other. Many customers do this same thing in Bridging mode by using
secondary interfaces on the router at the BSU or virtual interfaces at the BSU in VLAN mode to avoid some of the
drawbacks of IP Routing mode.
Routing mode prevents the transport of non-IP protocols, which may be desirable for Service Providers.
Routing mode is usually more efficient because Ethernet headers are not transported and non-IP traffic is blocked.
Benefits of using Routing Mode
•
Enabling RIP makes the unit easier to manage for a Service Provider that uses RIP to dynamically manage routes.
RIP is no longer very common for Service Providers or Enterprise customers and an implementation of a more
popular routing protocol like OSPF would be desirable.
•
Routing mode saves bandwidth by not transporting non-IP protocols users might have enabled, like NetBEUI or IPX/
SPX, which eliminates the transmission of broadcasts and multicasts.
–
The MAC header is:
•
Destination MAC: 6 bytes
•
Source MAC: 6 bytes
•
Ethernet Type: 2 bytes
If the average packet size is 1000 bytes, the overhead saved is 1.5%; With a frame size of 64 bytes, the overhead saved
is 20%; and for frame sizes of 128 bytes, the saving is 10%. Network researches claim that most network traffic consists
of frames smaller than 100 bytes.
In order to support routers behind the SUs with multiple subnets and prevent routing loops, you want individual routes
(and more than one) per SU.
Routing Mode Examples
In the first example, both the BSU and the SUs are configured for Routing mode. This example is appropriate for
businesses connecting remote offices that have different networks.
In example 2, the BSU is in Routing mode and the SUs are in Bridge mode. Notice the PCs behind the SUs must
configure their default gateways to point to the BSU, not the SU.
62
Configuration
System Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Notes:
•
One of the most important details to pay attention to in Routing mode are the unit’s and the PC’s default gateways. It
is a common mistake to set up the PC’s gateway to point to the SU when the SU is in Bridge mode and the BSU is in
Routing mode. Always check to make sure the PCs on your network are configured to send their IP traffic to the
correct default gateway.
•
Be sure to reboot the unit to permanently save static routes. New routes take effect immediately without a reboot, but
are not permanently saved with your configuration until you do reboot the device. An unexpected power outage could
cause static routes you entered to “disappear” when the unit reboots if they have not been saved. You also should
save a copy of your unit’s configuration file in case the unit must be reloaded. This saves you from being required to
re-enter numerous static routes in a large network.
•
The routing table supports up to 500 static routes.
63
Configuration
Network Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Network Parameters
The Network tab contains the following sub-tabs. Note that the availability of some sub-tabs depends on whether the unit
is in Bridge or Routing Mode.
•
IP Configuration
•
Roaming
•
DHCP Server
•
Spanning Tree (Bridge Mode Only)
•
IP Routes (Routing Mode only)
•
DHCP Relay Agent (Routing Mode Only)
IP Configuration
Click Configure > Network > IP Configuration to view and configure local IP address information. Configurable settings
differ between Bridge mode and Routing mode.
Bridge Mode
If the device is configured in Bridge mode, the following screen is displayed:
Configure or view the following parameters:
•
IP Address Assignment Type:
–
Select Static if you want to assign a static IP address to the unit. Use this setting if you do not have a DHCP
server or if you want to manually configure the IP settings
–
Select Dynamic to have the device run in DHCP client mode, which gets an IP address automatically from a
DHCP server over the network.
When the unit is in Bridge mode, only one IP address is required. This IP address also can be changed with ScanTool
(see Setting the IP Address with ScanTool). In Routing mode, both Ethernet and Wireless interfaces require an IP
address.
•
IP Address: The unit’s static IP address (default IP address is 10.0.0.1). This parameter is configurable only if the IP
Address Assignment Type is set to Static.
•
Subnet Mask: The mask of the subnet to which the unit is connected (the default subnet mask is 255.255.255.0).
This parameter is configurable only if the IP Address Assignment Type is set to Static.
•
Default Router IP Address: The IP address of the default gateway. This parameter is configurable only if the IP
Address Assignment Type is set to Static.
•
Default TTL: The default time-to-live value.
64
Configuration
Network Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Routing Mode
If the device is configured in Routing mode, both Ethernet and Wireless interfaces require an IP address. The following
screen is displayed:
Configure or view the following parameters:
•
IP Address Ethernet Port: The unit’s Ethernet IP address. The default is 10.0.0.1.
•
Subnet Mask Ethernet Port: The unit’s Ethernet IP address subnet mask.The default is 255.255.255.0.
•
IP Address Wireless Slot A: The unit’s wireless IP address. The default is 10.0.0.1.
•
Subnet Mask Wireless Slot A: The unit’s wireless IP address subnet mask.
•
Default Router IP Address: The router’s IP address.
•
Default TTL: The default time-to-live value.
•
Management Interface: The interface used to manage the device. Select Ethernet, Wireless, or Auto.
Roaming
Roaming Overview
Roaming is a feature by which an SU terminates the session with the current BSU and starts the registration procedure
with another BSU when it finds the quality of the other BSU to be better. Roaming provides MAC level connectivity to the
SU that roams from one BSU to another. Roaming takes place across the range of frequencies and channel bandwidths
(5, 10, or 20 MHz, as available) that are available per configuration. The current release offers handoff times of up to a
maximum of 80 ms. This is fast enough to allow the SU to seamlessly roam from one BSU to the other therefore
supporting session persistence for delay-sensitive applications. The feature also functions as BSU backup in case the
current BSU fails or becomes unavailable.
The Roaming feature lets the SU monitor local SNR and data rate for all frames received from the current BSU. As long
as the average local SNR for the current BSU is greater than the slow scanning threshold, and the number of
retransmitted frames is greater than the slow scanning threshold given in percentage, the SU does not scan other
channels for a better BSU.
•
The normal scanning procedure starts when the average local SNR for the current BSU is less than or equal to the
slow scanning threshold and the number of retransmitted frames is greater than the slow scanning threshold given in
percentage. During the normal scanning procedure the SU scans the whole list of active channels while maintaining
the current session uninterrupted.
65
Configuration
Network Parameters
•
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Fast scanning is the scanning procedure performed when the average local SNR for the current BSU is very low
(below the fast scanning threshold) and the number of retransmitted frames is greater than the fast scanning
retransmission threshold given in%, so that the current session should terminate as soon as possible. During this
procedure, the SU scans other active channels as fast as possible.
Roaming can only occur if the normal scanning or fast scanning procedure is started under the following conditions:
1. If the roaming is started from the normal scanning procedure (after the SU scans all the active channels), the SU
selects the BSU with the best SNR value on all available channels. The SU roams to the best BSU only if the SNR
value for the current BSU is still below the slow scanning SNR threshold, and best BSU offers a better SNR value for
at least roaming threshold than the current BSU. The SU starts a new registration procedure with the best BSU
without ending the current session.
2. If the roaming is started from the fast scanning procedure, the SU selects the first BSU that offers better SNR than the
current BSU, and starts a new registration procedure with the better BSU without ending the current session.
Roaming with Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS) Enabled
When an SU roams from BSU-1 to BSU-2 and DDRS is enabled, the data rate at which the SU connects to BSU-2 is the
default DDRS data rate. If this remains at the factory default of 6 Mbps, there can be issues with the application if it
requires more then 6 Mbps (for example multiple video streams).
Applications requiring a higher data rate could experience a slight data loss during the roaming process while DDRS
selects a higher rate (based upon link conditions).
When the applications re-transmit at a possibly slower rate, the WORP protocol initially services the data at 6 Mbps and
increases the data rate up to the "Maximum DDRS Data Rate" (ddrsmaxdatarate) one step at a time. Because the
applications are not being serviced at the best possible rate, they further slow down the rate of data send.
The DDRS algorithm requires data traffic (a minimum of 128 frames) to raise the rate to a higher value. Although roaming
occurs successfully, the previous scenario causes applications to drop their sessions; hence session persistence is not
maintained.
For a discussion on how to configure DDRS, see Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS).
NOTE: You must know the data rate required for the applications running and you must ensure (during network
deployment) that the ranges and RF links can support the necessary data rate. You also must set the default
DDRS data rate at the capacity necessary for the application so that it connects to the next Base Station at the
required capacity if roaming occurs. Set the “Default DDRS Data Rate” (ddrsdefdatarate) to a greater value (24,
36, 48 or 54 Mbps, for example) for applications requiring session persistence when roaming occurs.
Roaming Configuration
Click Configure > Network > Roaming to configure Roaming.
The screen differs depending on whether the unit is configured as a BSU or as an SU.
66
Configuration
Network Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
BSU Roaming Configuration
View or set the following parameters:
•
Enable Roaming Status: Enable or disable the Roaming feature by selecting or de-selecting the checkbox. The
default value is disabled (clear).
•
Announcement Period: If you enable roaming, you may set the Announcement Period for a value between 25 to
100 ms. The default is 100 ms.
•
Multi-Frame Bursting: The default value is enabled.
•
Auto Scanning Table: See description below.
Auto Scanning Table
An SU scans all available channels for a given bandwidth during roaming. In order to reduce the number of channels an
SU has to scan and thus decrease the roaming time, a channel priority list that tells the SU what channels to scan is
implemented. Each channel in the channel priority list is specified with its corresponding bandwidth and the priority with
which it should be scanned, either “Active” (standard priority), “Active High” (high priority), or “Inactive”.
An SU will scan all channels indicated as “Active” during roaming. However, it will scan active channels indicated as
“High Priority” before scanning active channels indicated as standard priority. Channels that are not going to be used in
the wireless network should be configured as “Inactive” so that the SU can skip over those channels during scanning
saving this way time.
A BSU broadcasts the channel priority list to all valid authenticated SUs in its sector. It re-broadcasts the channel priority
list to all SUs every time the list is updated on the BSU.
Click Edit Table Entries to make changes; enter your changes and click OK.
67
Configuration
Network Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Note that an SU may roam from one BSU with a bandwidth setting to another BSU with a different bandwidth setting.
Since in this case more channels need to be scanned than with only one channel bandwidth setting, it is important that
the channel priority list mentioned above is properly used to limit scanning time.
When Scanning Across Bandwidth on the SU is enabled (see Interface Parameters), the SU supports bandwidth
selection of the communications channel of either 20 MHz, 10 MHz, or 5 MHz, as available. This allows the BSUs in the
network to be set to different bandwidths while an SU can still roam from one BSU to the next, because it will not only
scan other frequencies (when the signal level or quality are lower than the threshold) but it will also switch to other
bandwidths to find a BSU that may be on another bandwidth than its current one.
During roaming, the SU will start scanning first the channels on its current bandwidth from the “Active” channel list
provided by the BSU in order to find a BSU to register, since that is the most likely setting for other BSUs in the network.
If the SU cannot find an acceptable roaming candidate, it will switch bandwidth and start scanning channels on that
corresponding bandwidth from the “Active” channel list provided by the BSU. The process is repeated until the SU finds
an appropriate BSU to register.
In the example above, an SU whose current bandwidth is 20 MHz will start scanning all active channels within the
bandwidth of 20 MHz. If it cannot find a suitable BSU, it will switch to a 10 MHz bandwidth and start scanning all active
channels within that bandwidth, in this case channel 56 first since it is configured as high priority and channel 60 next. No
channels will be scanned on the 5 MHz bandwidth since all those channels are configured as inactive.
SU Roaming Configuration
Enable or disable the Roaming feature in the Roaming Status drop-down box. The default value is disabled.
NOTE: To enable roaming, you must enable Roaming Status on both the BSU and the SU.
DHCP Server
When enabled, the DHCP server allows allocation of IP addresses to hosts on the Ethernet side of the SU or BSU.
Specifically, the DHCP Server feature lets the SU or BSU respond to DHCP requests from Ethernet hosts with the
following information:
•
Host IP address
•
Gateway IP address
•
Subnet Mask
•
DNS Primary Server IP address
•
DNS Secondary Server IP
Click Configure > Network > DHCP Server to enable the unit on a DHCP Server.
68
Configuration
Network Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
The following parameters are configurable:
•
DHCP Server Status: Verify that DHCP Relay Agent is disabled. After you have made at least one entry in the DHCP
server IP Pool Table, enable DHCP Server by selecting Enable from the DHCP Server Status pull-down menu.
NOTE: There must be at least one entry in the DHCP server IP Pool Table to enable DHCP server. Also, DHCP
server cannot be enabled if DHCP Relay Agent is enabled.
•
Subnet Mask: The unit supplies this subnet mask in its DHCP response to a DHCP request from an Ethernet host.
Indicates the IP subnet mask assigned to hosts on the Ethernet side using DHCP.
•
Gateway IP Address: The unit supplies this gateway IP address in the DHCP response. It indicates the IP address of
a router assigned as the default gateway for hosts on the Ethernet side. This parameter must be set.
•
Primary DNS IP Address: The unit supplies this primary DNS IP address in the DHCP response. It indicates the IP
address of the primary DNS server that hosts on the Ethernet side uses to resolve Internet host names to IP
addresses. This parameter must be set.
•
Secondary DNS IP Address: The unit supplies this secondary DNS IP address in the DHCP response.
•
Number of IP Pool Table Entries: The number of IP pool table entries is a read-only field that indicates the total
number of entries in the DHCP server IP Pool Table. See Add Entries to the DHCP Server IP Pool Table.
Add Entries to the DHCP Server IP Pool Table
You can add up to 20 entries in the IP Pool Table. An IP address can be added if the entry’s network ID is the same as the
network ID of the device.
NOTE: After adding entries, you must reboot the unit before the values take effect.
1. To add an entry click Add Table Entries.
69
Configuration
Network Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
2. Enter the following parameters and click Add:
•
Start IP Address: Indicates the starting IP address that is used for assigning address to hosts on the Ethernet
side in the configured subnet.
•
End IP Address: Indicates the ending IP address that is used for assigning address to hosts on the Ethernet side
in the configured subnet.
•
Default Lease Time: Specifies the default lease time for IP addresses in the address pool. The value is 360086400 seconds.
•
Max Lease Time: The maximum lease time for IP addresses in the address pool. The value is 3600-86400
seconds.
•
Comment: The comment field is a descriptive field of up to 255 characters.
Edit/Delete Entries in the DHCP Server IP Pool Table Entries
1. Click Edit/Delete Table Entries to make changes
2. Enter your changes and click OK.
Spanning Tree (Bridge Mode Only)
NOTE: The unit must be in Bridge mode to configure Spanning Tree.
This protocol is executed between the bridges to detect and logically remove redundant paths from the network.
Spanning Tree can be used to prevent link-layer loops (broadcast is forwarded to all port where another device may
forward it and, finally, it gets back to this unit; therefore, it is looping). Spanning Tree can also be used to create redundant
links and operates by disabling links: hot standby customer is creating a redundant link without routing function.
If your network does not support Spanning Tree, be careful to avoid creating network loops between radios. For example,
creating a WDS link between two units connected to the same Ethernet network creates a network loop (if spanning tree
is disabled).
70
Configuration
Network Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
The Spanning Tree configuration options are advanced settings. Proxim recommends that you leave these parameters at
their default values unless you are familiar with the Spanning Tree protocol.
Click the Spanning Tree tab to change Spanning Tree values.
Edit/Disable Entries in the Priority and Path Cost Table
1. Click Edit Table Entries to make changes
2. Enter your changes and click OK.
IP Routes (Routing Mode only)
NOTE: The unit must be in Routing mode to configure IP Routes.
Click Configure > Network > IP Routes to configure.
71
Configuration
Network Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Add IP Routes
1. Click the Add button to add entries; the following screen is displayed.
2. Enter the route information
3. Click Add. The IP Address and Subnet Mask combination is validated for a proper combination.
NOTE: When adding a new entry, the IP address of the Route Destination must be in either the Ethernet subnet or in the
wireless subnet of the unit.
Edit/Delete IP Routes
1. Click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button to make changes to or delete existing entries.
2. Edit the route information
3. Click OK. The IP address and subnet mask combination is validated for a proper combination.
72
Configuration
Network Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
DHCP Relay Agent (Routing Mode Only)
NOTE: The unit must be in Routing mode to configure DHCP Relay Agent.
Click Configure > Network > DHCP RA to enable the unit’s DHCP Relay Agent. When enabled, the DHCP relay agent
forwards DHCP requests to the set DHCP server. There must be at least one entry in the corresponding Server IP
Address table in order to enable the DHCP Relay Agent.
Note that DHCP Relay Agent parameters are configurable only in Routing mode. It cannot be enabled when NAT or
DHCP Server is enabled.
Add Entries to the DHCP Relay Agent Table
To add entries to the table of DHCP Relay Agents:
1. Click Add Table Entries; the following window is displayed:
2. Enter the Server IP Address and any optional comments; click Add.
Edit/Delete Entries in the DHCP Relay Agent Table
To edit or delete entries in the table of DHCP Relay Agents:
1. Click Edit/Delete Table Entries the following window is displayed:
73
Configuration
Network Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
2. Enter your changes, and click OK.
74
Configuration
Interface Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Interface Parameters
The Interface tab contains the following sub-tabs.
•
•
Wireless Interface
–
Base Mode
–
Satellite Mode
Ethernet
Wireless Interface
To configure the wireless interface, click Configure > Interfaces > Wireless.
For Base Station units, the wireless interface can be placed in either WORP Base or WORP Satellite mode (selected
from the Interface Type drop-down box). SUs can be placed only in WORP Satellite mode. The wireless interface
settings depend upon whether the mode is Base or Satellite.
The Wireless Outdoor Router Protocol (WORP) is a polling algorithm designed for wireless outdoor networks. WORP
takes care of the performance degradation incurred by the so-called “hidden-node” problem, which can occur when
wireless LAN technology is used for outdoor building-to-building connectivity. In this situation, when multiple radios send
an RTS, if another radio is transmitting, it corrupts all data being sent, degrading overall performance. The WORP polling
algorithm ensures that these collisions cannot occur, which increases the performance of the overall network significantly.
WORP dynamically adapts to the number of SUs that are active on the network and the amount of data they have
queued to send.
75
Configuration
Interface Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Base Mode
The following parameters may be configured or viewed:
•
Interface Type: The interface type can be WORP Satellite or WORP Base.
•
MAC Address: The factory-assigned MAC address of the unit. This is a read-only field.
•
Network Name: A Network Name is a name given to a network so that multiple networks can reuse the same
frequency without problems. An SU can only register to its base if it has the same Network Name. The Network Name
is one of the parameters that allow a Subscriber Unit to register on a Base Station. The Base Station System Name
and Frequency Channel also are parameters to guide the SU to the proper BSU on the network, but they provide no
security. Basic security is provided through encryption, as it causes none of the messages to be sent in the clear.
Further security is provided by mutual authentication of the BSU and SU using the Network Secret. The Network
Name can be 2 to 32 characters in length.
•
Operational Mode: This field indicates the operational mode of the unit depending upon the specific Tsunami MP.11.
This operational mode cannot be changed as it is based upon a license file.For the 5054, this field shows 11a.
•
Transmit Power Control (TPC): By default, the unit lets you transmit at the maximum output power for the country or
regulatory domain and frequency selected. However, with Transmit Power Control (TPC), you can adjust the output
power of the unit to a lower level in order to reduce interference to neighboring devices or to use a higher gain
antenna without violating the maximum radiated output power allowed for your country. Also, some countries that
require DFS also require the transmit power to be set to a 6 dB lower value than the maximum allowed EIRP when link
quality permits. You can see your unit’s current output power for the selected frequency in the event log.
The event log shows the selected power for all data rates, so you must look up the proper data rate to determine the
actual power level.
76
Configuration
Interface Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
NOTE: This feature only lets you decrease your output power; it does not let you increase your output power beyond
the maximum allowed defaults for your frequency and country.
Select one of the following options and click OK at the bottom of the window. Your original output power is adjusted
relative to the value selected. The new setting takes effect immediately without rebooting:
TPC Selection (dB)
0 (default)
-3
-6
-9
-12
-15
-18 (minimum TPC level)
Maximum TX Power (dBm)
16
13
10
NOTE: For 4954-R models: to comply with FCC Part 90 regulations when using an external antenna, a TPC value of
-3 dB is required regardless of antenna size, and a larger TPC value may be required to limit the total EIRP to
29dBm or less. For 4954-R models that have an integrated flat-panel antenna, a TPC of -9 must be used to
comply with FCC Part 90 regulations.To insure proper operation, TPC values greater than -9dB should be
avoided when operating a 4954-R unit.
NOTE: 24 Mbps and lower modulation have maximum +16 dBm TX power, 36 Mbps has maximum +13 dBm TX
power, 48 Mbps has maximum +12 dBm TX power, and 54 Mbps has maximum +11 dBm TX power. Because
higher modulation has a lower maximum TX power, the total TPC range is smaller at a higher data rate.
Because the minimum TX power is equal for all data rates, each TPC selection has constant TX power for all
data rates except where the maximum TX power is limited.
•
Actual Transmit Power Control: The configured Transmit Power Control setting.
•
Enable Turbo Mode (US Non-DFS Only; 5054-R only): Check this box to enable Turbo Mode. Turbo Mode is
supported only in the United States when DFS is not required, and only for the 5054-R. Enabling turbo mode, in
its current implementation, allows the unit to use two adjacent frequency channels to transmit and receive a signal. By
enabling turbo mode, the receive sensitivity improves by 4 dB for the 36 Mbps data rate and by 2 dB for the 24 Mbps
data rate.
NOTE: The additional sensitivity is provided with the impact of using twice as much spectrum and thus increasing the
opportunity of interference and decreased ability for system collocation. Generally, Turbo mode is not
recommended except when the extra sensitivity is absolutely required.
•
Frequency Channel: The frequency channel indicates the band center frequency the unit uses for communicating
with peers. This frequency channel can be set in several ranges, depending upon regulatory domain. Refer to Country
Codes and Channels for channelization information. For countries in which DFS is not required, the Frequency
Channel list displays only the channels and frequencies allowed for the selected country.
In countries and bands in which DFS is required, Frequency Channel is not configurable. Instead the channel is
auto-selected by the DFS process.
•
Multicast Rate: The rate at which data is to be transferred. This drop down box is unavailable when DDRS is
enabled.
The default multicast rate for the unit is 36 Mbps. The SU must never be set to a lower data rate than the BSU
because timeouts will occur at the BSU and communication will fail.
Selections for multicast rate are shown in the following table:
5 MHz
1.5
10 MHz
20 MHz
40 MHz (Turbo Mode)
(US Non-DFS Only;
5054-R only)
12
77
Configuration
Interface Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
5 MHz
2.25
4.5
12
13.5
•
10 MHz
4,5
12
18
24
27
20 MHz
12
18
24
36
48
54
40 MHz (Turbo Mode)
(US Non-DFS Only;
5054-R only)
18
24
36
48
72
96
108
Channel Bandwidth: This field is used to change the bandwidth. Values are 5MHz, 10 MHz, or 20 MHz, as well as 40
MHz when Turbo mode is enabled (US non-DFS only; 5054-R only). Change the channel bandwidth of the unit that is
remote to you first, and reboot the unit. Then change the channel bandwidth of the unit to which you are directly
connected.
NOTE: The 5 MHz channel bandwidth is not available when the selected country is UNITED STATES DFS.
•
Antenna Gain You can modify the sensitivity of the radio card when detecting radar signals in accordance with ETSI,
FCC, and IC Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) requirements. Given the radar detection threshold is fixed by ETSI,
the FCC, and IC and that a variety of antennas with different gains may be attached to the unit, you must adjust this
threshold to account for higher than expected antenna gains and avoid false radar detection events. This can result in
the units constantly changing frequency channels.
You can configure the threshold for radar detection at the radio card to compensate for increased external antenna
gains.
The Antenna Gain value ranges from 0 to 35. The default value is 0.
Configuring this parameter on the 4954-R has no effect.
•
Satellite Density: The Satellite Density setting is a valuable feature for achieving maximum bandwidth in a wireless
network. It influences the receive sensitivity of the radio interface and improves operation in environments with a high
noise level. Reducing the sensitivity of the unit enables unwanted “noise” to be filtered out (it disappears under the
threshold).
You can configure the Satellite Density to be Large, Medium, Small, Mini, or Micro. The default value for this
setting is Large. The smaller settings are appropriate for high noise environments; a setting of Large would be for a
low noise environment.
A long distance link may have difficulty maintaining a connection with a small density setting because the wanted
signal can disappear under the threshold. Consider both noise level and distance between the peers in a link when
configuring this setting. The threshold should be chosen higher than the noise level, but sufficiently below the signal
level. A safe value is 10 dB below the present signal strength.
If the Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) is not sufficient, you may need to set a lower data rate or use antennas with higher
gain to increase the margin between wanted and unwanted signals. In a point-to-multipoint configuration, the BSU
should have a density setting suitable for all of its registered SUs, especially the ones with the lowest signal levels
(longest links).
Take care when configuring a remote interface; check the available signal level first, using Remote Link Test.
WARNING: When the remote interface accidentally is set at too small a value and communication is lost, it
cannot be reconfigured remotely and a local action is required to bring the communication back.
Therefore, the best place to experiment with the level is at the unit that can be managed without
going through the link; if the link is lost, the setting can be adjusted to the correct level to bring
the link back.
Sensitivity threshold settings related to the density settings for the unit are:
78
Configuration
Interface Parameters
Satellite Density
Large
Medium
Small
Mini
Micro
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Receive Sensitivity Threshold
-95 dBm
-86 dBm
-78 dBm
-70 dBm
-62 dBm
Defer Threshold
-62 dBm
-62 dBm
-52 dBm
-42 dBm
-36 dBm
•
Maximum Satellites: You can specify a maximum value of 250 in this field, because up to 250 SUs can be connected
to a BSU. If a BSU already has as many SUs as specified in this field, a new SU cannot connect to the BSU.
•
No-Sleep Mode: No-Sleep Mode was a feature used to control jitter in Tsunami MP.11 products running 2.2.6, and
earlier, versions of software. The introduction of QoS and the new WORP resource scheduling mechanism have
eliminated the need for No-Sleep Mode. Furthermore, QoS provides better control over jitter and latency-sensitive
applications (see QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only) for details on configuration). This field is inactive
and makes no difference whether is enabled or disabled.
•
Automatic Multi-Frame Bursting: In order to achieve higher throughput, WORP protocol allows each side (BSU or
SU) to send a burst of up to 4 data messages instead of a single data message. The sole criteria for sending a burst is
enough traffic to be sent out. This feature is called Multi-Frame Bursting support.
Automatic Multi-Frame bursting optimizes multi-burst performance when configuring QoS high-priority Service Flows.
Three scenarios may be defined:
–
No Multi-Frame Burst Support –To disable Multi-Frame burst support, click Configure > Network > Roaming,
and select “Disable” on the drop-down box (see BSU Roaming Configuration). In this case, each active SFC is
limited to send a single data message. Total throughput available to the remaining best effort traffic is around 76%
of the maximum available throughput.
–
Multi-Frame Burst Support – The system will enable Multi-Frame burst for all SFCs, but the maximum number of
data messages sent in a burst will be defined by the parameter “Number of data messages in a burst” for each of
the SFCs (see Service Flow Class (SFC)). This scenario is set by clicking Configure > Network > Roaming and
enabling Multi-Frame burst on the drop-down box (see BSU Roaming Configuration), and disabling Automatic
Multi-Frame Bursting (this parameter).
The maximum number of data messages in a burst directly influences the total throughput of the system. Typical
values are:
No. of messages in a burst:
–
•
% of the maximum throughput:
100%
97.6%
92.9%
76.2%
Automatic Multi-Frame Burst Support – The system will continuously monitor which of the active SFCs has the
highest priority and dynamically enable Multi-Frame burst for the highest priority SFC only, keeping all the lower
priority SFCs with Multi-Frame burst disabled. If there are multiple SFCs having the same, highest priority, all of
them will have Multi-Frame burst enabled. The maximum number of data messages sent in a burst is defined by
the parameter “Number of data messages in a burst” and it can be different for each SFC (see Service Flow Class
(SFC)). This scenario is set by clicking Configure > Network > Roaming and enabling Multi-Frame burst on the
drop-down box (see BSU Roaming Configuration), and enabling Automatic Multi-Frame Bursting (this
parameter). In this case, even the lowest priority SFC will have Multi-Frame burst dynamically enabled as long as
it is the only SFC in the system that has traffic. By default, configuring even a single high priority SFC with
automatic multi-frame bursting enabled will decrease throughput of low priority best-effort traffic to approximately
76% of maximum available throughput, because low priority traffic will have Multi-Frame burst disabled to optimize
bandwidth for the high priority traffic.
Registration Timeout: This is the registration process time-out of an SU on a BSU. Default is 5 seconds.
79
Configuration
Interface Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
•
Rx Inactivity Timeout: This is the activity time-out of an SU on a BSU.
•
Network Secret: A network secret is a secret password given to all nodes of a network. An SU can only register to a
BSU if it has the same Network Secret. The Network Secret is sent encrypted and can be used as a security option.
•
Input / Output Bandwidth Limit: These parameters limit the data traffic received on the wireless interface and
transmitted to the wireless interface, respectively. Selections are in steps of 64 Kbps from 64 Kbps to 108,064 Kbps.
•
Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS) Status: Select the DDRS Status “Enable” or “Disable” from the drop-down
box provided. When you enable or disable DDRS on the BSU, the BSU sends an announcement to the SUs and the
SUs enable or disable DDRS automatically.
•
DDRS Default Data Rate: When DDRS is enabled, configure the default data rate. Possible values are (normal
mode): 6 Mbps, 9 Mbps, 12 Mbps, 18 Mbps, 24 Mbps, 36 Mbps.
•
DDRS Max Data Rate: When DDRS is enabled, configure the maximum data rate that can be dynamically set by
DDRS. Possible values are (normal mode): 6 Mbps, 9 Mbps, 12 Mbps, 18 Mbps, 24 Mbps, 36 Mbps.
•
DDRS Avg SNR Threshold for Data Rate Increase: When DDRS is enabled,???
•
DDRS Reg SNR Threshold for Data Rate Increase: When DDRS is enabled,???
•
DDRS Avg SNR Threshold for Data Rate Decrease: When DDRS is enabled,???
•
DDRS Inc Percent Threshold: When DDRS is enabled,???
•
DDRS Dec Percent Threshold: When DDRS is enabled,???
Additionally, the BSU screen for countries that require DFS contains the sections described below.
80
Configuration
Interface Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Appears only
when selected
country requires
DFS
•
DFS Preferred Channel: A single DFS preferred frequency channel on the BSU is provided so that when the DFS
process starts the BSU will first try the DFS preferred channel before scanning all the other active channels in the DFS
channel list. The DFS preferred channel must be selected from those channels indicated as “Disable” in the DFS
channel blacklist list. It is not possible to select the DFS preferred channel from those channels in the DFS channel
blacklist list indicated as “Enable”.
•
Channel Blacklist Table: The DFS channel blacklist table shows all the channels in the current bandwidth and
specifies the blacklist status of each channel as one of the following:
–
Enable: Channels that are made unavailable either for a certain period of time upon detection of a radar signal, or
permanently because the operator has configured them as blacklisted. These channels are skipped over during
DFS channel selection.
–
Disable: Channels that are to be scanned during DFS.
Edit Entries to the Channel Blacklist Table
81
Configuration
Interface Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
In accordance with ETSI, IC, and FCC non-occupancy rules, when a radar signal is detected on any active channel,
the blacklist status of that channel will change to “Enable” and the Radar Detected status will change to TRUE (see
previous figure). The channel will not be used for a period of 30 minutes after the radar signal has been detected. The
elapsed time is also shown in the DFS channel blacklist table. When the elapsed time for a channel in the blacklist is
greater than or equal to 30 minutes, the blacklist status of the channel will change to Disable and the Radar Detected
and Elapsed Time fields will change accordingly.
If an operator knows in advance on which channels a radar signal is likely to exist, those channels can be blacklisted
and hence they will be skipped during DFS. Similarly, if the operator knows of channels where a radar signal is
unlikely to be detected, those channels can be defined as active and hence they will be scanned during DFS. This
makes the whole process more efficient.
When you click Edit, the channel blacklist table screen appears. Here you can manually configure each channel as
“active” (Blacklist Status = Disable) or “blacklisted” (Blacklist Status = Enable). Enter your changes and click OK. To
go back, click on the arrow button.
82
Configuration
Interface Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Satellite Mode
The mandatory parameters to configure for registration of the SU on a Base Station are:
•
Network Name
•
Base Station System Name (when used)
•
Channel Frequency
•
Encryption (when used)
•
Network Secret
These and other parameters found on the SU’s Interfaces > Wireless page are described below.
•
Interface Type: In Satellite mode, the interface type is WORP Satellite.
•
MAC Address: The factory-assigned MAC address of the unit. This is a read-only field.
•
Base Station System Name: The name found on the system page of the BSU to which this SU is connecting. This
parameter can be used as an added security measure, and when there are multiple BSUs in the network and you
want an SU to register with only one when it may actually have adequate signal strength for either. The System Name
field is limited to a length of 32 bytes.
If the Base Station System Name is left blank on the SU, it can register with any BSU with a matching Network Name
and Network Secret.
•
Operational Mode: This field indicates the operational mode of the unit, depending upon the specific Tsunami MP.11.
This operational mode cannot be changed as it is based upon a license file.
•
Network Name: A Network Name is a name given to a network so that multiple networks can reuse the same
frequency without problems. An SU can only register to its base if it has the same Network Name. The Network Name
is one of the parameters that allow a Subscriber Unit to register on a Base Station. The Base Station System Name
and Frequency Channel also are parameters to guide the SU to the proper BSU on the network, but they provide no
security. Basic security is provided through encryption, as it causes none of the messages to be sent in the clear.
Further security is provided by mutual authentication of the BSU and SU using the Network Secret. The Network
Name can be 2 to 32 characters in length.
•
Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS) Status: For the WORP Satellite Mode, DDRS Status is read-only parameter
and its value is based upon the WORP Base to which this SU is associated.
83
Configuration
Interface Parameters
•
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Transmit Power Control (TPC): By default, the 5012/5054-SUI lets you transmit at the maximum output power for
the country or regulatory domain and frequency selected. However, with Transmit Power Control (TPC), you can
adjust the output power of the unit to a lower level in order to reduce interference to neighboring devices or to use a
higher gain antenna without violating the maximum radiated output power allowed for your country. Also, some
countries that require DFS also require the transmit power to be set to a 6 dB lower value than the maximum allowed
EIRP when link quality permits. You can see your unit’s current output power for the selected frequency in the event
log.
The event log shows the selected power for all data rates, so you must look up the proper data rate to determine the
actual power level.
NOTE: This feature only lets you decrease your output power; it does not let you increase your output power beyond
the maximum allowed defaults for your frequency and country.
Select one of the following options and click OK at the bottom of the window. Your original output power is adjusted
relative to the value selected. The new setting takes effect immediately without rebooting:
TPC Selection (dB)
0 (default)
-3
-6
-9
-12
-15
-18 (minimum TPC level)
Maximum TX Power (dBm)
16
13
10
NOTE: For 4954-R models: to comply with FCC Part 90 regulations when using an external antenna, a TPC value of
-3 dB is required regardless of antenna size, and a larger TPC value may be required to limit the total EIRP to
29dBm or less. For 4954-R models that have an integrated flat-panel antenna, a TPC of -9 dB must be used to
comply with FCC Part 90 regulations.To insure proper operation, TPC values greater than -9 dB should
be avoided when operating a 4954-R unit.
NOTE: 24 Mbps and lower modulation have maximum +16 dBm TX power, 36 Mbps has maximum +13 dBm TX
power, 48 Mbps has maximum +12 dBm TX power, and 54 Mbps has maximum +11 dBm TX power. Because
higher modulation has a lower maximum TX power, the total TPC range is smaller at a higher data rate.
Because the minimum TX power is equal for all data rates, each TPC selection has constant TX power for all
data rates except where the maximum TX power is limited.
•
Actual Transmit Power Control: The configured Transmit Power Control setting.
•
Enable Turbo Mode (US Non-DFS Only; 5054-R Only): Check this box to enable Turbo Mode. Turbo Mode is
supported only on the 5054-R when DFS is not required, and only in the United States. Enabling turbo mode, in
its current implementation, allows the unit to use two adjacent frequency channels to transmit and receive a signal. By
enabling turbo mode, the receive sensitivity improves by 4 dB for the 36 Mbps data rate and by 2 dB for the 24 Mbps
data rate.
NOTE: The additional sensitivity is provided with the impact of using twice as much spectrum and thus increasing the
opportunity of interference and decreased ability for system collocation. Generally, Turbo mode is not
recommended except when the extra sensitivity is absolutely required.
•
Frequency Channel: The frequency channel indicates the band center frequency the unit uses for communicating
with peers. This frequency channel can be set in several ranges, depending upon regulatory domain. Refer to Country
Codes and Channels for channelization information. For countries in which DFS is not required, the Frequency
Channel list displays only the channels and frequencies allowed for the selected country.
For countries in which DFS is required, Frequency Channel is not configurable. Instead the channel is auto-selected
by the DFS process.
84
Configuration
Interface Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
•
Scanning Across Bandwidth: Enable this field if you want the SU to scan across the whole range of channel
bandwidths (5, 10, or 20 MHz, as available) with or without roaming enabled. Disable this field if you wish the SU to
scan only across its configured channel bandwidth.
•
Multicast Rate: The rate at which data is to be transferred. This drop down box is unavailable when DDRS is
enabled.
The default multicast rate for the unit is 36 Mbps. The SU must never be set to a lower data rate than the BSU
because timeouts will occur at the BSU and communication will fail.
Selections for multicast rate are shown in the following table:
5 MHz
1.5
2.25
4.5
12
13.5
•
10 MHz
4,5
12
18
24
27
20 MHz
12
18
24
36
48
54
40 MHz (Turbo Mode)
(US Non-DFS Only;
5054-R only)
12
18
24
36
48
72
96
108
Channel Bandwidth: This field is used to change the bandwidth. Values are 5 MHz, 10 MHz, or 20 MHz, as well as
40 MHz when Turbo mode is enabled.
NOTE: The 5 MHz channel bandwidth is not available when the selected country is UNITED STATES DFS.
•
Satellite Density: The Satellite Density setting is a valuable feature for achieving maximum bandwidth in a wireless
network. It influences the receive sensitivity of the radio interface and improves operation in environments with a high
noise level. Reducing the sensitivity of the unit enables unwanted “noise” to be filtered out (it disappears under the
threshold).
You can configure the Satellite Density to be Large, Medium, Small, Mini, or Micro. The default value for this
setting is Large. The smaller settings are appropriate for high noise environments; a setting of Large would be for a
low noise environment.
A long distance link may have difficulty maintaining a connection with a small density setting because the wanted
signal can disappear under the threshold. Consider both noise level and distance between the peers in a link when
configuring this setting. The threshold should be chosen higher than the noise level, but sufficiently below the signal
level. A safe value is 10 dB below the present signal strength.
If the Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) is not sufficient, you may need to set a lower data rate or use antennas with higher
gain to increase the margin between wanted and unwanted signals. In a point-to-multipoint configuration, the BSU
should have a density setting suitable for all of its registered SUs, especially the ones with the lowest signal levels
(longest links).
Take care when configuring a remote interface; check the available signal level first, using Remote Link Test.
WARNING: When the remote interface accidentally is set at too small a value and communication is lost, it
cannot be reconfigured remotely and a local action is required to bring the communication back.
Therefore, the best place to experiment with the level is at the unit that can be managed without
going through the link; if the link is lost, the setting can be adjusted to the correct level to bring
the link back.
Sensitivity threshold settings related to the density settings for the unit are:
Satellite Density
Large
Receive Sensitivity Threshold
-95 dBm
Defer Threshold
-62 dBm
85
Configuration
Interface Parameters
Medium
Small
Mini
Micro
MP.11-R Installation and Management
-86 dBm
-78 dBm
-70 dBm
-62 dBm
-62 dBm
-52 dBm
-42 dBm
-36 dBm
•
Registration Timeout: This is the registration process time-out of an SU on a BSU. Default is 5 seconds.
•
Rx Activity Timeout: This is the activity time-out of an SU on a BSU. Default is 0 seconds.
•
Network Secret: A network secret is a secret password given to all nodes of a network. An SU can only register to a
BSU if it has the same Network Secret. The Network Secret is sent encrypted and can be used as a security option.
•
Input / Output Bandwidth Limit: These parameters limit the data traffic received on the wireless interface and
transmitted to the wireless interface, respectively. Selections are in steps of 64 Kbps from 64 Kbps to 108,064 Kbps.
Ethernet
To set the Ethernet speed, duplex mode, and input and output bandwidth limits, click Configure > Interfaces > Ethernet.
You can set the desired speed and transmission mode by clicking on Configuration. The recommended setting is
auto-speed-auto-duplex, but you may select from these settings for the type of Ethernet transmission:
•
Half-duplex means that only one side can transmit at a time.
•
Full-duplex lets both sides transmit.
•
Auto-duplex selects the best transmission mode available when both sides are set to auto-select.
86
Configuration
SNMP Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
SNMP Parameters
Click Configure > SNMP to enable or disable trap groups, and to configure the SNMP management stations to which the
unit sends system traps. See “Trap Groups” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual for a list of the system traps.
•
Trap Groups: You can enable or disable different types of traps in the system. By default, all traps are enabled.
•
Trap Host Table: This table shows the SNMP management stations to which the unit sends system traps.
Trap Host Table
Add Entries to the Trap Host Table
Click the Add Table Entries button to add entries to the Trap Host Table.
Edit/Delete Entries in the Trap Host Table
Click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button to make changes to or delete existing entries.
87
Configuration
SNMP Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
88
Configuration
RIP Parameters (Routing Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
RIP Parameters (Routing Mode Only)
Routing Internet Protocol (RIP) is a dynamic routing protocol you can use to help automatically propagate routing table
information between routers. The unit can be configured as RIPv1, RIPv2, RIPv1 Compatible, or a combination of the
three versions while operating in Routing mode. In general, the unit’s RIP module is based upon RFC 1389.
NOTE: RIP is configurable only when the unit is in Routing Mode and Network Address Translation (NAT) is disabled.
Note the following:
•
RIPv2 is enabled by default when routing mode is selected.
•
You may turn RIP off by clearing the Enable RIP Interface check box for the Ethernet or the wireless interface. Any
RIP advertisements that are received on the designated interface are ignored. All other options on the page are
dimmed.
•
If the Enable RIP Interface check box is selected, the unit sends RIP requests and “listens” for RIP updates coming
from RIP-enabled devices advertising on the network. You may configure the Receive field for RIPv1, RIPv2, or a
combination of both. Although the unit receives and processes these updates, it does not further propagate these
updates unless configured to advertise RIP. Again, you may configure the Advertize field for RIPv1, RIPv2, or a
combination of both.
•
The ability to enable or disable default route propagation is not user configurable. Once initialized, the unit uses its
static default route and does not advertise this route in RIP updates. If another router on your network is configured to
advertise its default route, this route overwrites the static default route configured on the unit. The unit then also
propagates the new dynamic default route throughout the network.
Be aware that, once a dynamic default route is learned, it behaves just as any other dynamic route learned through RIP.
This means if the device sending the default route stops sending RIP updates, the default route times out and the unit
has no default route to the network. Workarounds for this condition include rebooting or re-entering a static default route.
In general, the best approach is to disable the propagation of default routes on the other routers in your network unless
you understand the risks.
The following table describes the properties and features of each version of RIP supported.
RIPv1
Broadcast
No Authentication
Class routing
Distance-vector protocol
Metric-Hops
RIPv2
Multicast
Authentication
Classless routing (VLSM)
Distance-vector protocol
Metric-Hops
RIPv1 Compatible
Broadcast
Authentication
Classless routing (VLSM)
Distance-vector protocol
Metric-Hops
89
Configuration
RIP Parameters (Routing Mode Only)
RIPv1
Maximum Distance 15
IGP
RIPv2
Maximum Distance 15
IGP
MP.11-R Installation and Management
RIPv1 Compatible
Maximum Distance 15
IGP
RIP Example
In the following example, assume that both the BSU and the SUs all are configured in Routing mode with RIP enabled to
send and receive on both the Ethernet and Wireless interfaces. The network converges through updates until each unit
has the following routing table:
RIP Notes
•
Ensure that routers on the same physical network are configured to use the same version of RIP.
•
Routing updates occur every 30 seconds. It may take up to 3 minutes for a route that has gone down to timeout in a
routing table.
•
RIP is limited to networks with 15 or fewer hops.
90
Configuration
Management Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Management Parameters
Use the Management tab to configure passwords and other service parameters.
Passwords
The Password tab lets you configure the SNMP, Telnet, and HTTP (Web Interface) passwords.
For all password fields, the passwords must be between 6 and 32 characters. Changes take effect immediately after you
click OK. The following passwords are configurable:
•
SNMP Read Community Password: The password for read access using SNMP. Enter a password in both the
Password field and the Confirm field. The default password is public.
•
SNMP Read/Write Community Password: The password for read and write access using SNMP. Enter a password
in both the Password field and the Confirm field. The default password is public.
•
Telnet (CLI) Password: The password for the CLI interface. Enter a password in both the Password field and the
Confirm field. The default password is public.
•
HTTP (Web) Password: The password for the Web browser HTTP interface. Enter a password in both the Password
field and the Confirm field. The default password is public.
Services
The Services tab lets you configure the SNMP, Telnet, HTTP (Web Interface), and serial connection parameters.
Changes to these parameters require a reboot to take effect.
91
Configuration
Management Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
SNMP Configuration Settings
•
SNMP Interface Bitmask: Configure the interface or interfaces (Ethernet, Wireless, All Interfaces) from which you
will manage the unit using SNMP. You also can select Disabled to prevent a user from accessing the unit through
SNMP.
HTTP Configuration Settings
•
HTTP Interface Bitmask: Configure the interface or interfaces (Ethernet, Wireless, All Interfaces) from which you
will manage the unit through the Web interface. For example, to allow Web configuration through the Ethernet network
only, set HTTP Interface Bitmask to Ethernet. You can also select Disabled to prevent a user from accessing the
unit from the Web interface.
•
HTTP Port: Configure the HTTP port from which you will manage the unit through the Web interface. By default, the
HTTP port is 80.
•
HTTP Connections: The number of active HTTP connections.
Telnet Configuration Settings
NOTE: To use HyperTerminal for CLI access, make sure to check “Send line ends with line feeds” in the ASCII Setup
window (in the HyperTerminal window, click Properties; then select Setup > ASCII Setup. See “HyperTerminal
Connection Properties” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual for more information).
•
Telnet Interface Bitmask: Select the interface (Ethernet, Wireless, All Interfaces) from which you can manage the
unit through telnet. This parameter can also be used to disable telnet management.
•
Telnet Port Number: The default port number for Telnet applications is 23. However, you can use this field if you want
to change the Telnet port for security reasons (but your Telnet application also must support the new port number you
select).
•
Telnet Login Timeout (seconds): Enter the number of seconds the system is to wait for a login attempt. The unit
terminates the session when it times out. The range is 1 to 300 seconds; the default is 30 seconds.
•
Telnet Session Timeout (seconds): Enter the number of seconds the system is to wait during a session while there is
no activity. The unit ends the session upon timeout. The range is 1 to 36000 seconds; the default is 900 seconds.
•
Telnet Connections: The number of active Telnet connections.
92
Configuration
Management Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Serial Configuration Settings
The serial port interface on the unit is enabled at all times. See “Serial Port” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference
Manual for information about how to access the CLI interface through the serial port. You can configure and view
following parameters:
•
Serial Baud Rate: Select the serial port speed (bits per second). Choose between 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400,
or 57600; the default Baud Rate is 9600.
•
Serial Flow Control: Select either None (default) or Xon/Xoff (software controlled) data flow control. To avoid
potential problems when communicating with the unit through the serial port, Proxim recommends that you leave the
Flow Control setting at None (the default value).
•
Serial Data Bits: This is a read-only field and displays the number of data bits used in serial communication (8 data
bits by default).
•
Serial Parity: This is a read-only field and displays the number of parity bits used in serial communication (no parity
bits by default).
•
Serial Stop Bits: This is a read-only field that displays the number of stop bits used in serial communication (1 stop
bit by default).
The serial port bit configuration is commonly referred to as 8N1.
93
Configuration
Security Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Security Parameters
MAC Authentication (BSU Only)
Click Configure > Security > MAC Auth to build a list of authorized wireless stations that can register at the unit and
access the network. MAC Authentication is supported on the wireless interface and only wireless MAC addresses should
be entered in the list. For example, you might build a list of wireless MAC addresses of SUs authorized on the BSU
NOTE: MAC authentication is available only for BSUs.
Add Entries to MAC Access Control Table
1. To add table entries, click the Add Table Entries button; a window such as the following is displayed:
2. Enter the MAC address and any comment, then click Add. The maximum number of MAC addresses that can be
entered is 250.
Edit/Delete Entries in MAC Access Control Table
1. To edit or delete table entries, click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button
2. Make your corrections in the window displayed and click OK.
94
Configuration
Security Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Encryption
NOTE: Be sure to set the encryption parameters and change the default passwords.
You can protect the wireless data link by using encryption. In addition to Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) and Wired
Equivalent Privacy (WEP), the unit supports Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) 128-bit encryption. To provide even
stronger encryption, the AES CCM Protocol is also supported.
Encryption keys can be 5 (64-bit), 13 (WEP 128-bit), or 16 (AES 128-bit) characters in length. Both ends of the wireless
data link must use the same parameter values.
Click Configure > Security > Encryption to set encryption keys for the data transmitted and received by the unit. Note
that all devices in one network must use the same encryption parameters to communicate to each other.
RADIUS Authentication (BSU Only)
In large networks with multiple units, you can maintain a list of MAC addresses on a centralized location using a RADIUS
authentication server that grants or denies access. If you use this kind of authentication, you must specify at least the
primary RADIUS server. The backup RADIUS server is optional.
Click Configure > Security > Radius Auth to set the IP address of the RADIUS server containing the central list of MAC
addresses that are allowed to access the network. The RADIUS parameters let you enable HTTP or Telnet RADIUS
management access to configure a RADIUS Profile for management access control, to enable or disable local user
access, and to configure the local password.
NOTE: RADIUS authentication is available only for BSUs.
95
Configuration
Security Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
96
Configuration
Filtering Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Filtering Parameters
Overview
Click Configure > Filtering to configure packet filtering. Packet filtering can be used to control and optimize network
performance.
The Filtering feature can selectively filter specific packets based upon their Ethernet protocol type. Protocol filtering is
done at the Bridge layer.
Protocol filters are useful for preventing bridging of selected protocol traffic from one segment of a network to other
segments (or subnets). You can use this feature both to increase the amount of bandwidth available on your network and
to increase network security.
Increasing Available Bandwidth
It may be unnecessary to bridge traffic from a subnet using IPX/SPX or AppleTalk to a segment of the network with UNIX
workstations. By denying the IPX/SPX AppleTalk traffic from being bridged to the UNIX subnet, the UNIX subnet is free of
this unnecessary traffic.
Increasing Network Security
By bridging IP and IP/ARP traffic and blocking LAN protocols used by Windows, Novell, and Macintosh servers, you can
protect servers and client systems on the private local LAN from outside attacks that use those LAN protocols. This type
of filtering also prevents private LAN data from being bridged to an untrusted remote network or the Internet.
To prevent blocking your own access (administrator) to the unit, Proxim recommends that IP (0x800) and ARP (0x806)
protocols are always passed through.
Sample Use and Validation
Configure the protocol filter to let only IP and ARP traffic pass through the unit (bridge) from one network segment to
another. Then, attempt to use Windows file sharing across the bridge. The file should not allow sharing; the packets are
discarded by the bridge.
Setting the ARP Filter
There may be times when you need to set the ARP or Multicast. Usually, this is required when there are many nodes on
the wired network that are sending ARP broadcast messages or multicast packets that unnecessarily consume the
wireless bandwidth. The goal of these filters is to allow only necessary ARP and multicast traffic through the 1.6 Mbps
wireless pipe.
The TCP/IP Internet Protocol Suite uses a method known as ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) to match a device's
MAC (Media Access Control) address with its assigned IP address. The MAC address is a unique 48-bit identifier
assigned to each hardware device at the factory by the manufacturer. The MAC address is commonly represented as 6
pairs of hexadecimal digits separated by colons. For example, a device may have the MAC address of
00:20:A6:33:ED:45.
When devices send data over the network (Ethernet, Token Ring, or wireless), they use the MAC address to identify a
packet's source and destination. Therefore, an IP address must be mapped to a MAC address in order for a device to
send a packet to particular IP address. In order to resolve a remote node's IP address with its MAC address, a device
sends out a broadcast packet to all nodes on the network. This packet is known as an ARP request or ARP broadcast
and requests that the device assigned a particular IP address respond to the sender with its MAC address.
Because ARP requests are broadcast packets, these packets are forwarded to wireless nodes by default, even if the
packet is not meant for a wireless node. As the number of nodes on a network backbone increases, so does the number
of ARP broadcasts that are forwarded to the wireless nodes. Many of these ARP broadcasts are unnecessary and can
97
Configuration
Filtering Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
consume valuable wireless bandwidth. On some networks, there are so many ARP broadcasts that the performance of
the wireless network will degrade due to the amount of bandwidth being consumed by these messages.
To reduce the number of ARP broadcasts that are forwarded to the wireless nodes, you can enable ARP filtering. When
enabled, the ARP Filter allows the unit to forward only those ARP broadcasts destined for an IP address that falls within
the range specified by the ARP Filter Network Address and the ARP Filter Subnet Mask. The ARP Filter performs a
logical AND function (essentially keeping what is the same and discarding what is different) on the IP address of the ARP
request and the ARP Filter Subnet Mask. It then compares the result of the logical AND to the ARP Filter Network
Address. If the two values match, the ARP broadcast is forwarded to the wireless network by the unit.
Ethernet Protocol
The Ethernet Protocol filter blocks or forwards packets based upon the Ethernet protocols they support. Click Configure
> Filtering > Ethernet Protocol to enable or disable certain protocols in the table. Entries can be selected from a dropdown box.
Follow these steps to configure the Ethernet Protocol Filter:
1. Select the interfaces that will implement the filter from the Ethernet Protocol Filtering drop-down menu.
•
Ethernet: Packets are examined at the Ethernet interface
•
Wireless-Slot A or Wireless-Slot B: Packets are examined at the Wireless A or B interfaces
•
All Interfaces: Packets are examined at both interfaces
•
Disabled: The filter is not used
2. Select the Filter Operation Type.
•
If set to Block, the bridge blocks enabled Ethernet Protocols listed in the Filter Table.
•
If set to Passthru, only the enabled Ethernet Protocols listed in the Filter Table pass through the bridge.
3. Configure the Filter Table. See below.
NOTE: Entries must be enabled in order to be subject to the filter.
Add Entries to the Filter Table
1. Click Add Table Entries. You may add one of the supplied Ethernet Protocol Filters, or you may enter additional filters
by specifying the appropriate parameters:
•
To add one of the supplied Ethernet Protocol Filters to the filter table:
– Select the appropriate filter from the Specify Common Protocol drop-down menu. Protocol Name and
Protocol Number fields will be filled in automatically.
– Click Add
•
To add a new filter to the filter table:
98
Configuration
Filtering Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
– Enter the Protocol Number. See http://www.iana.org/assignments/ethernet-numbers for a list of protocol
numbers.
– Enter the Protocol Name.
– Click Add.
Edit/Delete Entries in the Filter Table
1. Click Edit and change the information, or select Enable, Disable, or Delete from the Status drop-down menu.
Static MAC Address Filtering
Overview
The Static MAC Address filter optimizes the performance of a wireless (and wired) network. When this feature is
configured properly, the unit can block traffic between wired devices on the wired (Ethernet) interface and devices on the
wireless interface based upon MAC address.
NOTE: The device on the wireless interface can be any device connected through the link, it can be directly connected to
the Ethernet interface of the peer unit, or it can be attached through multiple hops. The MAC address in the
packets arriving at the wireless interface is the important element.
The filter is an advanced feature that lets you limit the data traffic between two specific devices (or between groups of
devices based upon MAC addresses and masks) through the unit’s wireless interface. For example, if you have a server
on your network with which you do not want wireless clients to communicate, you can set up a static MAC filter to block
traffic between these devices. The Static MAC Filter Table performs bi-directional filtering. However, note that this is an
advanced filter and it may be easier to control wireless traffic through other filter options, such as Protocol Filtering.
Each MAC address or mask is comprised of 12 hexadecimal digits (0-9 and A-F) that correspond to a 48-bit identifier.
Each hexadecimal digit represents 4 bits (0 or 1).
Taken together, a MAC address/mask pair specifies an address or a range of MAC addresses that the unit looks for when
examining packets. The unit uses Boolean logic to perform an “and” operation between the MAC address and the mask
at the bit level. However, for most users, you do not need to think in terms of bits. It should be sufficient to create a filter
using only the hexadecimal digits 0 and F in the mask (where 0 is any value and F is the value specified in the MAC
address). A mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 corresponds to all MAC addresses, and a mask of FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
applies only to the specified MAC address.
For example, if the MAC address is 00:20:A6:12:54:C3 and the mask is FF;FF;FF;00:00:00, the unit examines the source
and destination addresses of each packet looking for any MAC address starting with 00:20:A6. If the mask is
FF;FF;FF;FF;FF;FF, the unit looks only for the specific MAC address (in this case, 00:20:A6:12:54:C3).
When creating a filter, you can configure the Wired parameters only, the Wireless parameters only, or both sets of
parameters. Which parameters to configure depends upon the traffic that you want to block:
•
To prevent all traffic from a specific wired MAC address from being forwarded to the wireless network, configure only
the Wired MAC address and Wired mask (leave the Wireless MAC and Wireless mask set to all zeros).
•
To prevent all traffic from a specific wireless MAC address from being forwarded to the wired network, configure only
the Wireless MAC and Wireless mask (leave the Wired MAC address and Wired mask set to all zeros).
•
To block traffic between a specific wired MAC address and a specific wireless MAC address, configure all four
parameters.
See Static MAC Filter Examples for more detailed examples.
Static MAC Filter Examples
Consider a network that contains a wired server and three wireless clients. The MAC address for each unit is as follows:
99
Configuration
Filtering Parameters
•
Wired Server: 00:40:F4:1C:DB:6A
•
Wireless Client 1: 00:02:2D:51:94:E4
•
Wireless Client 2: 00:02:2D:51:32:12
•
Wireless Client 3: 00:20:A6:12:4E:38
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Prevent two specific devices from communicating:
Configure the following settings to prevent the Wired Server and Wireless Client 1 from communicating:
•
Wired MAC Address: 00:40:F4:1C:DB:6A
•
Wired Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
•
Wireless MAC Address: 00:02:2D:51:94:E4
•
Wireless Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
Result: Traffic between the Wired Server and Wireless Client 1 is blocked. Wireless Clients 2 and 3 still can
communicate with the Wired Server.
Prevent Multiple Wireless Devices From Communicating With a Single Wired Device
Configure the following settings to prevent Wireless Clients 1 and 2 from communicating with the Wired Server:
•
Wired MAC Address: 00:40:F4:1C:DB:6A
•
Wired Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
•
Wireless MAC Address: 00:02:2D:51:94:E4
•
Wireless Mask: FF:FF:FF:00:00:00
Result: When a logical “AND” is performed on the Wireless MAC Address and Wireless Mask, the result corresponds to
any MAC address beginning with the 00:20:2D prefix. Since Wireless Client 1 and Wireless Client 2 share the same
prefix (00:02:2D), traffic between the Wired Server and Wireless Clients 1 and 2 is blocked. Wireless Client 3 can still
communicate with the Wired Server since it has a different prefix (00:20:A6).
Prevent All Wireless Devices From Communicating With a Single Wired Device
Configure the following settings to prevent all three Wireless Clients from communicating with Wired Server:
•
Wired MAC Address: 00:40:F4:1C:DB:6A
•
Wired Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
•
Wireless MAC Address: 00:00:00:00:00:00
•
Wireless Mask: 00:00:00:00:00:00
Result: The unit blocks all traffic between the Wired Server and all wireless clients.
Prevent A Wireless Device From Communicating With the Wired Network
Configure the following settings to prevent Wireless Client 3 from communicating with any device on the Ethernet:
•
Wired MAC Address: 00:00:00:00:00:00
•
Wired Mask: 00:00:00:00:00:00
•
Wireless MAC Address: 00:20:A6:12:4E:38
•
Wireless Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
Result: The unit blocks all traffic between Wireless Client 3 and the Ethernet network.
Prevent Messages Destined for a Specific Multicast Group from Being Forwarded to the Wireless LAN
If devices on your Ethernet network use multicast packets to communicate and these packets are not required by your
wireless clients, you can set up a Static MAC filter to preserve wireless bandwidth. For example, if routers on your
100
Configuration
Filtering Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
network use a specific multicast address (such as 01:00:5E:00:32:4B) to exchange information, you can set up a filter to
prevent these multicast packets from being forwarded to the wireless network:
•
Wired MAC Address: 01:00:5E:00:32:4B
•
Wired Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
•
Wireless MAC Address: 00:00:00:00:00:00
•
Wireless Mask: 00:00:00:00:00:00
Result: The unit does not forward any packets that have a destination address of 01:00:5E:00:32:4B to the wireless
network.
Static MAC Filter Configuration
Click Configure > Filtering > Static MAC to access the Static MAC Address filter.
Add Entries to the Static MAC Filter Table
To add the entries to Filter table, click the Add Table Entries button.
The following fields are may be configured or viewed:
•
Wired MAC Address: Enter the MAC address of the device on the Ethernet network that you want to prevent from
communicating with a device on the wireless network.
•
Wired Mask: Enter the appropriate bit mask to specify the range of MAC addresses to which this filter is to apply. To
specify only the single MAC address you entered in the Wired MAC Address field, enter 00:00:00:00:00:00 (all
zeroes).
•
Wireless MAC Address: Enter the MAC address of the wireless device on the wireless interface that you want to
prevent from communicating with a device on the wired network.
101
Configuration
Filtering Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
•
Wireless Mask: Enter the appropriate bit mask to specify the range of MAC addresses to which this filter is to apply.
To specify only the single MAC address you entered in the Wireless MAC Address field, enter 00:00:00:00:00:00 (all
zeroes).
•
Comment: Enter related information.
After entering the data, click the Add button. The entry is enabled automatically when saved.
Edit/Delete Entries in the Static MAC Filter Table
To edit an entry, click Edit. To disable or remove an entry, click Edit and change the Status field from Enable to Disable
or Delete.
Storm Threshold
Click Configure > Filtering > Storm Threshold to use threshold limits to prevent broadcast/multicast overload.
Storm Threshold is an advanced Bridge setup option that you can use to protect the network against data overload by
specifying:
•
A maximum number of frames per second as received from a single network device (identified by its MAC address).
•
An absolute maximum number of messages per port.
The Storm Threshold parameters let you specify a set of thresholds for each port of the unit, identifying separate values
for the number of broadcast messages per second and multicast messages per second.
When the number of frames for a port or identified station exceeds the maximum value per second, the unit ignores all
subsequent messages issued by the particular network device, or ignores all messages of that type.
The following parameters are configurable:
•
Per Address Threshold: Enter the maximum allowed number of packets per second.
•
Ethernet Threshold: Enter the maximum allowed number of packets per second.
•
Wireless Threshold: Enter the maximum allowed number of packets per second.
Broadcast Protocol Filtering
Click Configure > Filtering > Broadcast Protocol to deny specific IP broadcast, IPX broadcast, and multicast traffic.
102
Configuration
Filtering Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Click the Edit Table Entries button to display an editable window such as the following. You can configure whether this
traffic must be blocked for Ethernet to wireless, wireless to Ethernet, or both.
IP Access Table Filtering
Click Configure > Filtering > IP Access Table to limit in-band management access to the IP addresses or range of IP
addresses specified in the table.
For example, 172.17.23.0/255.255.255.0 allows access from all wireless stations with an IP address in the 172.17.23.xxx
range.
This feature applies to all management services (SNMP, HTTP, and CLI), except for CLI management over the serial
port.
103
Configuration
Filtering Parameters
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Add Entries to the IP Access Table
To add an entry, click the Add Table Entries button, specify the IP address and mask of the wireless stations to which
you want to grant access, and click Add.
CAUTION: Ensure that the IP address of the management PC you use to manage the unit is within the first entry in the
table, as this filter takes effect immediately. Otherwise, you will have locked yourself out.
If you do lock yourself out, you may try to give the PC the correct IP address for management; otherwise you
must reset the unit via the CLI over the serial port.
Edit/Delete Entries in the IP Access Table
To edit or delete table entries, click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button, make your changes, and click OK.
104
Configuration
Intra-Cell Blocking (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Intra-Cell Blocking (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
Overview
The Intra-Cell Blocking feature lets traffic be blocked between two SUs registered to the same Base Station. There are
two potential reasons to isolate traffic among wireless subscribers:
•
To provide better security to the subscribers by isolating the traffic from one subscriber to another in a public space.
•
To block unwanted traffic between subscribers to prevent this traffic from using bandwidth.
You can form groups of SUs at the Base Station, which define the filtering criteria. All data to or from SUs belonging to the
same group are bridged. All other data from SUs that do not belong to a particular group are automatically forwarded
through the Ethernet interface of the Base Station. If an SU does not belong to any group, the Base Station discards the
data.
You can also configure a Security Gateway to block traffic between SUs connected to different BSUs. All packets
destined for SUs not connected to the same Base Station are forwarded to the Security Gateway MAC address
(configured in the Security Gateway tab).
NOTE: Intra-Cell Blocking is configurable only in Bridge mode. When you change the device from Bridge to
Routing mode, Intra-Cell Blocking stops working with or without a reboot. When you change the device from
Routing to Bridge mode, Intra-Cell Blocking starts working with or without a reboot.
The following rules apply to Intra-Cell Blocking Groups:
•
One SU can be assigned to more than one group.
•
An SU that has not been assigned to any group cannot communicate to any other SU connected to the same or
different BSU.
Example of Intra-Cell Blocking Groups
Assume that four Intra-Cell Blocking Groups have been configured on one BSU. SUs 1 through 6 are registered to BSU
1. SUs 7 through 9 are registered to BSU 2.
Group 1
SU 1
SU 4
SU 5
Intra-Cell Blocking Group Example
Group 2
Group 3
SU 2
SU 6
SU 3
SU 1
SU 8
SU 3
Group 4
SU 8
SU 9
SU 2
In this example, SU 1 belongs to two groups, Group 1 and Group 3. Therefore, packets from SU 1 destined to SU 4, SU
5, SU 6, and SU 3 are not blocked. However, SU 9 belongs to group 4 only and packets from SU 9 are blocked unless
sent to SU 8 or SU 2.
Achieving Communication Between Two SUs
In a multipoint configuration, an SU can communicate with another SU through the BSU when in Bridge mode by default.
Use the intra-cell blocking feature if this is not desired. In a routing configuration, each of the SUs must have a different
subnet on their Ethernet port to distinguish traffic for each SU, and each subnet must be entered into a routing rule in the
BSU as well as into an upstream router. The wireless side of all SUs must share the same subnet with the BSU wireless
interface. These IP addresses must be used as next hop when creating the routes for the SU subnets.
Intra-Cell Blocking Group Table
Click Configure > Intra-Cell Blocking > Group Table to enable the Intra-Cell Blocking feature and to configure IntraCell Blocking Groups.
105
Configuration
Intra-Cell Blocking (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
The following items are configurable:
•
Intra-Cell Blocking Status: Enables or disables the Intra-Cell Blocking feature.
•
Group Table: Entries in this table show the Intra-Cell Blocking filter groups that have been configured. When IntraCell Blocking is enabled, the Base Station Unit discards all packets coming from one SU to another SU, if both SUs do
not belong to the same filter group.
Configure Intra-Cell Blocking Groups
Click the Add Table Entries button to add groups to the Group Table.
Enter the group name, and click Add. The group is assigned an Index and appears in the Group Table. Up to 16 groups
can be configured per Base Station.
You can enable, disable or delete an existing filter group by using the Edit/Delete Table Entries button.
106
Configuration
Intra-Cell Blocking (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
MAC Table
After configuring the Intra-Cell Blocking Groups on the Group Table tab, use the MAC Table tab to assign specific MAC
addresses to an Intra-Cell Blocking Group.
Adding Entries
Click the Add Table Entries button.
Enter the MAC address of the SU. Select Enable from the drop-down menu for the Group Index
Click Add. The MAC address is assigned to the groups. Additions to the MAC Table take effect immediately after clicking
the Add button.
You can Enable, Disable, Delete, or Reassign the groups for a MAC address by using the Edit/Delete Table Entries
button. A maximum of 250 MAC addresses can be added among all filter groups.
107
Configuration
Intra-Cell Blocking (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Security Gateway
You can configure a Security Gateway to block traffic between SUs connected to different BSUs. Verify that Intra-Cell
Blocking has been enabled on the Group Table tab before configuring the Security Gateway.
•
Security Gateway Status: Enables or disables packet forwarding to the external Security Gateway.
•
Security Gateway MAC Address: Lets you configure the MAC address of the external Security Gateway.
108
Configuration
VLAN Parameters (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
VLAN Parameters (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
Overview
For an introduction to VLAN principles, seeVirtual Local Area Networks (VLANs) in the System Overview chapter.
NOTE: VLANs are configurable only in Bridge mode.
VLAN Modes
Transparent Mode
Transparent mode is available on both the SU and the BSU. This mode is equivalent to NO VLAN support and is the
default mode. It is used when the devices behind the SU and BSU are both VLAN aware and unaware. The SU/BSU
transfers both tagged and untagged frames received on the Ethernet or WORP interface. Both tagged and untagged
management frames can access the device.
Trunk Mode
Trunk mode VLAN is available on both the SU and the BSU. It is used when all devices behind the SU and BSU are
VLAN aware. The SU and BSU transfer only tagged frames received on the Ethernet or WORP interface. Both tagged
and untagged management frames can access the device.
Access Mode
Access mode is available only on the SU. It is used when the devices behind the SU are VLAN unaware. Frames to and
from the Ethernet interface behind the SU map into only one VLAN segment.
Frames received on the Ethernet interface are tagged with the configured Access VLAN ID before forwarding them to the
WORP interface. Both tagged and untagged management frames can access the device from the WORP interface.
However, only untagged management frames can access the device from the Ethernet Interface.
VLAN Forwarding
The VLAN Trunk mode provides a means to configure a list of VLAN IDs in a Trunk VLAN Table. The SU and BSU only
forward frames (between Ethernet and WORP interface) tagged with the VLAN IDs configured in the Trunk VLAN Table.
Up to 256 VLAN IDs can be configured for the BSU and up to 16 VLAN IDs can be configured for the SU (depending
upon the capabilities of your switching equipment).
VLAN Relaying
The VLAN Trunk mode for BSU operation provides an option to enable and disable a VLAN relaying flag; when enabled,
the BSU shall relay frames between SUs on the same BSU having the same VLAN ID.
Management VLAN
The BSU and SU allow the configuration of a separate VLAN ID and priority for SNMP, ICMP, Telnet, and TFTP
management frames for device access.
The management VLAN ID and management VLAN priority may be applied in any mode. The management stations tag
the management frames they send to the BSU or SU with the management VLAN ID configured in the device. The BSU
and SU tag all the management frames from the device with the configured management VLAN and priority.
BSU and SU in Transparent Mode
When the BSU is in Transparent mode, all associated SUs must be in Transparent mode.
109
Configuration
VLAN Parameters (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
How the BSU and SUs function in Transparent mode is described in the following table.
BSU Function – Transparent Mode
SU Function – Transparent Mode
• SU forwards both tagged and untagged frames
• BSU forwards both tagged and untagged
received from the Ethernet interface or from
frames received from the Ethernet interface or
the BSU.
from any of the associated SUs.
• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured, • If a valid management VLAN ID is configured,
SU allows only management frames tagged
BSU allows only management frames tagged
with the configured management VLAN ID to
with the configured management VLAN ID to
access it.
access it.
• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured, • If a valid management VLAN ID is configured,
SU tags all management frames generated by
BSU tags all management frames generated
the SU with the configured management VLAN
by the BSU with the configured management
ID and priority.
VLAN ID and priority.
• If the management VLAN ID is configured as - • If the management VLAN ID is configured as 1 (untagged), SU allows only untagged
1 (untagged), BSU allows only untagged
management frames to access them.
management frames to access it.
BSU in Trunk Mode and SU in Trunk/Access Mode
When the BSU is in Trunk mode, the associated SUs must be in either Trunk mode or Access mode. When an SU
associates to a BSU that is in Trunk mode, it gets the VLAN mode from the BSU.
How the BSU and SU function in Trunk mode, and the SU in Access mode, is described in the following table.
110
Configuration
VLAN Parameters (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
BSU Function – Trunk Mode
• Up to 256 VLAN IDs can be
configured on a BSU.
MP.11-R Installation and Management
SU Function – Trunk Mode
• Up to 16 VLAN IDs can be
configured on an SU.
SU Function – Access Mode
• SU discards all tagged frames received
from the Ethernet interface and all
untagged frames received from the
• SU discards all untagged frames
• BSU discards all untagged
BSU (unexpected).
received from the Ethernet
frames received from the
• SU tags all untagged frames received
interface or from the BSU
Ethernet interface or from any of
from the Ethernet interface with the
(unexpected).
the associated SUs
configured Access VLAN ID and
(unexpected).
• If a valid VLAN ID is configured,
forwards them to the BSU.
SU forwards only VLAN-tagged
• If a valid VLAN ID is configured,
• SU untags all tagged frames received
frames received from the
BSU forwards only VLAN-tagged
from the BSU that are tagged with the
Ethernet interface or from the
frames received from the
configured Access VLAN ID and
BSU that are tagged with the
Ethernet interface or from any of
forwards them to the Ethernet
configured VLAN IDs; it discards
the associated SUs that are
interface; it discards all other tagged
all other tagged frames.
tagged with the configured VLAN
frames from the BSU.
IDs; it discards all other tagged
• If a valid management VLAN ID is
frames.
• If a valid management VLAN ID is
configured, SU allows only
configured, SU allows only
management frames tagged with
• If a valid management VLAN ID is
management frames tagged with the
the configured management
configured, BSU allows only
configured management VLAN ID to
VLAN ID to access it.
management frames tagged with
access it from the BSU.
the configured management
• If a valid management VLAN ID is
VLAN ID to access it.
• If a valid management VLAN ID is
configured, SU tags all
configured, SU tags all management
management frames generated
• If a valid management VLAN ID is
frames generated by the SU with the
by the SU with the configured
configured, BSU tags all
configured management VLAN ID and
management VLAN ID and
management frames generated
priority and forwards them to the BSU.
priority.
by the BSU with the configured
management VLAN ID and
• If the management VLAN ID is
• If the management VLAN ID is
priority.
configured as -1 (untagged), SU allows
configured as -1 (untagged), SU
only untagged management frames to
allows only untagged
• If the management VLAN ID is
access it from the BSU.
management frames to access it.
configured as -1 (untagged), BSU
allows only untagged
• SU allows only untagged management
management frames to access it.
frames to access it from the Ethernet
interface, regardless of the value of the
management VLAN ID.
BSU VLAN Configuration
The HTTP Interface to configure BSU VLAN parameters is shown in the following figure.
111
Configuration
VLAN Parameters (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Configure the following parameters:
•
BSU VLAN Mode: The BSU VLAN mode can be either Transparent or Trunk. By default, the BSU is in Transparent
mode.
•
Management VLAN ID: The Management VLAN ID is configurable in any mode. The management VLAN ID has a
default value of untagged and may be configured with a value in the range of 1 to 4095.
•
Management VLAN Priority: The Management VLAN priority values range from 0 to 7 and the default priority is 0
(zero).
•
Relaying Flag: When this flag is enabled, the BSU relays frames between SUs on the same BSU.
•
BSU VLAN Table: The BSU VLAN Table is configurable in both Transparent and Trunk mode, but applies only when
the BSU is in Trunk mode. The VLAN ID values for the BSU VLAN Table range from 1 to 4095. The maximum number
of VLAN IDs that can be configured in the BSU VLAN Table is 256. An SU in Trunk mode is assigned VLAN IDs from
this table.
Add BSU VLAN Table Entries
To add entries to the BSU VLAN table, click the Add Table Entries button. Enter a VLAN ID and select a Status, then
click Add to add your entry to the table.
Edit or Delete BSU VLAN Table Entries
To edit or delete entries in the BSU VLAN Table, click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button, make your changes, then
click OK for your changes to take effect.
112
Configuration
VLAN Parameters (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Restricting Unit Management
Management access to the unit can be easily secured by making management stations or hosts and the unit itself
members of a common VLAN. Simply configure a non-zero management VLAN ID: management of the unit will be
restricted to members of the same VLAN.
CAUTION: If a non-zero management VLAN ID is configured, management access to the unit is restricted to hosts that
are members of the same VLAN. Ensure your management platform or host is a member of the same VLAN
before attempting to manage the unit or you will lose access to the unit.
Providing Access to Hosts in the Same VLAN
The VLAN feature lets hosts manage the unit. If the Management VLAN ID matches a VLAN User ID, those hosts who
are members of that VLAN will have management access to the unit.
CAUTION: Once a VLAN Management ID is configured and is equivalent to one of the VLAN User IDs, all members of
that VLAN will have management access to the unit. Be careful to restrict VLAN membership to those with
legitimate access to the unit.
SU VLAN Configuration
The HTTP Interface to configure SU VLAN parameters is shown in the following figure.
Add SU Table Entries
To add entries to the SU VLAN Table, click the Add Table Entries button. Enter the desired parameters in the
corresponding fields, then click Add to add and save the entry.
113
Configuration
VLAN Parameters (BSU Only; Bridge Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
The following parameters are configurable:
•
MAC: Enter the MAC address of the SU to be configured.
•
SU VLAN Mode: The SU VLAN mode can be either Transparent, Trunk, or Access (by default, the BSU is in
Transparent mode).
–
When the BSU is in Transparent mode, the SU must be in Transparent mode.
–
When the BSU is in Trunk mode, the SU must be in either Access mode or Trunk mode.
–
When the BSU is changed from Transparent mode to Trunk mode, all the configured SUs are changed to Trunk
mode by default.
•
Access VLAN ID: The Access VLAN ID is configurable in any mode, but applies only when the SU is in Access
mode. The Access VLAN ID values range from 1 to 4095; the default value is 1.
•
Access VLAN Priority: The Access VLAN Priority is configurable in any mode, but applies only when the SU is in
Access mode. The Access VLAN priority values range from 0 to 7; the default priority is 0. For voice frames, the
priority field is set to the VoIP configured value (5 according to latest IETF draft, or 6 according to IEEE 802.1D)
regardless of the priority value configured.
•
Management VLAN ID: The management VLAN ID is configurable in any mode. The management VLAN ID has a
default value of untagged (-1) and may be configured with a value in the range of 1 to 4095.
•
Management Priority: The Management VLAN priority values range from 0 to 7 and the default priority is 0 (zero).
•
VLAN 1-16: The VLAN IDs are configurable in any mode, but apply only when the SU is in Trunk mode. The VLAN ID
values range from 1 to 4095; the default value is untagged (-1). The maximum number of VLAN IDs that can be
configured in the SU VLAN Table is 16 for each SU. The SU VLAN IDs must be in the BSU VLAN Table that
corresponds to the BSU.
Edit SU Table Entries
To edit SU table entries, click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button; make your changes on the window displayed, then
click OK to save your changes.
NOTE: If an SU is associated to a BSU, it cannot be deleted from the VLAN table.
Typical User VLAN Configurations
VLANs segment network traffic into groups, which lets you limit broadcast and multicast traffic. These groups enable
hosts from different VLANs to access different resources using the same network infrastructure. Hosts using the same
physical network are limited to those resources available to their workgroup.
The unit can segment users into a maximum of 16 different VLANs per unit, based upon a VLAN ID.
The primary scenarios for using VLAN workgroups are as follows:
•
VLAN disabled: Your network does not use VLANs.
•
VLAN enabled: Each VLAN workgroup uses a different VLAN ID Tag. A mixture of Tagged and Untagged workgroups
may be supported.
114
Configuration
QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only)
The Quality of Service (QoS) feature is based on 802.16 standard and defines the classes, service flows (SFCs), and
packet identification rules (PIRs) for specific types of traffic. The main priority of QoS is to guarantee a reliable and
adequate transmission quality for all traffic types under conditions of high congestion and bandwidth over-subscription
(for a complete discussion on QoS see Quality of Service (QoS) in the System Overview chapter.
There are several pre-defined QoS classes, SFCs, and PIRs available that you may choose from which cover the most
common types of traffic. If you want to configure something else, build the hierarchy of a QoS class as follows:
1. Define PIRs.
2. Associate some of those PIRs to specific Service Flow classes (SFCs).
3. Assign priorities to each PIR within each SFC.
4. Define the QoS class by associating relevant SFCs to each QoS class.
QoS PIR Configuration
Click Configure > QoS > QoS PIR Table. The 17 predefined PIRs are shown.
To view/edit the parameters of each PIR click on its Details button. You may enable, disable or delete any PIR entry by
clicking on the Status drop-down box and then clicking OK.
115
Configuration
QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
To add entries to the PIR Table, click the Add Table Entries button. Enter the Rule Name and select Enable or Disable
from the Entry Status drop-down box, then click Add to add the entry. Once the new entry appears in the QoS PIR Table
on this page, click its Details button to view/edit its parameters.
QoS SFC Configuration
Click Configure > QoS > QoS SF Class. The 7 predefined SFCs are shown.
116
Configuration
QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
To add entries to the SFC Table, click the Add Table Entries button.
The following parameters are configurable:
•
SF Name: Enter the name of the SF class you want to add.
•
SF Schd Type: This field can be set to BE (Best Effort) or RtPS (Real-Time Polling Service).
•
SF Direction: This field can be set to Downlink (traffic from BSU to SU) or Uplink (traffic from SU to BSU).
•
MIR (Maximum Information Rate): The maximum sustained data rate specified in units of 1 Kbps from 8 Kbps up to
the maximum rate of 108000 Kbps per SU.
•
CIR (Committed Information Rate): The minimum reserved traffic rate specified in units of 1 Kbps from 0 Kbps up to
the maximum rate of 10000 Kbps per SU.
•
Latency: The maximum allowed latency specified in increments of 5 ms steps from a minimum of 5 ms up to a
maximum of 100 ms.
•
Jitter: The maximum tolerable jitter specified in increments of 5 ms steps from a minimum of 0 ms up to the Maximum
Latency (in ms).
•
Priority: The priority of this SFC from zero (0) to seven (7), 0 being the lowest, 7 being the highest.
•
Number of Frames per Burst: The maximum number of data messages in a Multi-Frame burst from one (1) to four
(4), which affects the percentage of the maximum throughput of the system according to following table.
117
Configuration
QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only)
No. of messages in a burst:
•
MP.11-R Installation and Management
% of the maximum throughput:
100%
97.6%
92.9%
76.2%
SF Entry State: This field can be set to Enable, Disable, or Delete.
Click Add to add the entry. The new entry will appear on the screen, taking up the next sequential index entry.
To make changes to the entries of the SFC Table, click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button.
Enter your changes and click OK. To delete an entry, click the Status drop-down box and select Delete, then click OK.
QoS Class Configuration
Click Configure > QoS > QoS Class. The 4 predefined QoS classes are shown. From this screen, you may either:
•
Create a New QoS Class
•
View/Edit an Existing QoS Class
Create a New QoS Class
On the QoS Class screen, click the Add Table Entries button.
118
Configuration
QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
The following parameters are configurable:
•
Class Name: Enter the name of the QoS class you want to add.
•
SF Table Reference Index: Select one of the possible SFCs that have been previously configured from the dropdown box to associate to this QoS Class.
•
PIR Table Reference Index: Select one of the possible PIRs that have been previously configured from the dropdown box to associate to this SFC.
•
PIR Priority: This priority per rule defines the order of execution of PIRs during packet identification process. The PIR
priority is a number in the range 0-63, with priority 63 being executed first, and priority 0 being executed last. The PIR
priority is defined within a QoS class, and can be different for the same PIR in some other QoS class. If all PIRs within
one QoS class have the same priority, the order of execution of PIR rules will be defined by the order of definition of
SFCs, and by the order of definition of PIRs in each SFC, within that QoS class.
•
Entry Status: This field is always set to Enable.
Click Add to add the entry. The new entry will be listed as the next sequential index entry in the QoS Class Table.
From this screen you may also edit an existing QoS Class by clicking on its Details button. See View/Edit an Existing
QoS Class.
View/Edit an Existing QoS Class
To view/edit a QoS Class click on the class’ Details button.
119
Configuration
QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
You may enable, disable or delete this QoS Class entry by clicking on the Status drop-down box and then clicking OK.
You may also edit an existing SFC associated to this QoS class, or associate a new SFC to this QoS class. See the
following sections.
Edit an Existing SFC Associated with the QoS Class
To edit an existing SFC associated to this QoS Class, click its Details button.
You may enable, disable or delete this SFC entry by clicking on the Status drop-down box and then clicking OK.
To add more PIRs to this SFC click the Add Table Entries button.
120
Configuration
QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Configure the following parameters:
•
PIR Table Reference Index: Select one of the possible PIRs that have been previously configured from the dropdown box.
•
PIR Priority: This priority per rule defines the order of execution of PIRs during packet identification process. The PIR
priority is a number in the range 0-63, with priority 63 being executed first, and priority 0 being executed last. The PIR
priority is defined within a QoS class, and can be different for the same PIR in some other QoS class. If all PIRs within
one QoS class have the same priority, the order of execution of PIR rules will be defined by the order of definition of
SFCs, and by the order of definition of PIRs in each SFC, within that QoS class.
•
Entry Status: This field is always set to Enable.
Click Add to add the entry. The new entry will be added to the PIR list, taking up the next sequential index entry.
You may delete any PIR entry by clicking on the Status drop-down box and selecting Delete.
Associate a New SFC with a QoS Class
On the QoS Class screen, click the Details button next to Class with which you want to associate a new SFC. Then click
the Add Table Entries button under the SF Details heading to add a new SFC and associate it to this QoS Class.
121
Configuration
QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
The following parameters are configurable:
•
SF Table Reference Index: Select one of the possible SFCs that have been previously configured from the dropdown box to associate to this QoS Class.
•
PIR Table Reference Index: Select one of the possible PIRs that have been previously configured from the dropdown box to associate to this SFC.
•
PIR Priority: This priority per rule defines the order of execution of PIRs during packet identification process. The PIR
priority is a number in the range 0-63, with priority 63 being executed first, and priority 0 being executed last. The PIR
priority is defined within a QoS class, and can be different for the same PIR in some other QoS class. If all PIRs within
one QoS class have the same priority, the order of execution of PIR rules will be defined by the order of definition of
SFCs, and by the order of definition of PIRs in each SFC, within that QoS class.
•
Entry Status: This field is always set to Enable.
Click Add to add the entry. The new entry will be listed as the next sequential index entry in the SF Details table.
From this screen you may also edit an existing SFC by clicking on its Details button. See Edit an Existing SFC
Associated with the QoS Class for more information.
QoS SU Configuration
Click Configure > QoS > QoS SU.
This screen defines which QoS Classes will be associated to which SUs, using the SUs’ MAC addresses.
122
Configuration
QoS (Quality of Service) Parameters (BSU Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
To add entries to the QoS SU Table, click the Add Table Entries button.
Enter the following information:
•
SU MAC Address: The MAC Address of the SU you want to associate to a specific QoS Class.
•
SU QOSC Index: Select one of the possible QoS Classes that have been previously configured from the drop-down
box to associate to this SU.
•
SU QOSC State: This field can be set to Enable, Disable, or Delete.
Click Add to add the entry. The new entry will be listed as the next sequential index entry in the QoS SU Table.
To make changes to the QoS SU Table, return to the QoS SU page, and click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button.
Enter your changes, and click OK. To delete an entry, click the Status drop-down box and select Delete, then click OK.
123
Configuration
NAT (SU Only; Routing Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
NAT (SU Only; Routing Mode Only)
The NAT (Network Address Translation) feature lets hosts on the Ethernet side of the SU transparently access the public
network through the BSU. All hosts in the private network can have simultaneous access to the public network.
NOTE: The NAT tab is available for SUs in Routing mode only. The SU supports NAPT (Network Address Port
Translation) where all private IP addresses are mapped to a single public IP address, and does not support Basic
NAT (where private IP addresses are mapped to a pool of public IP addresses).
Both dynamic mapping (allowing private hosts to access hosts in the public network) and static mapping (allowing
public hosts to access hosts in the private network) are supported:
•
In dynamic mapping, the SU maps the private IP addresses and its transport identifiers to transport identifiers of a
single Public IP address as they originate sessions to the public network. This is used only for outbound access.
•
Static mapping is used to provide inbound access. The SU maps a private IP address and its local port to a fixed
public port of the global IP address. This is used to provide inbound access to a local server for hosts in the public
network. Static port mapping allows only one server of a particular type. Up to 1000 ports (500 UDP and 500 TCP) are
supported.
The following parameters are configurable:
NOTE: Changes to NAT parameters, including the NAT Static Port Mapping Table, require a reboot to take effect.
NOTE: When NAT is enabled, the DHCP Relay Agent feature is not supported (DHCP Relay Agent must be disabled
before NAT is enabled) and RIP updates are not sent or received. You can configure a DHCP server to allocate
IP addresses to hosts on the Ethernet side of the SU/ BSU (see DHCP Server).
•
NAT Status: Enables or disables the NAT feature. NAT can be enabled only for SUs in Routing mode. The default is
disabled.
•
NAT Static Bind Status: Enables or disables the NAT Static Bind status (static mapping) allowing public hosts to
access hosts in a private network. The default is disabled.
•
Public IP Address: The NAT Public IP address is the wireless interface IP address.
NAT Static Port Mapping Table
Adding entries to the NAT Static Mapping Table lets configured hosts in a private address realm on the Ethernet side of
the SU access hosts in the public network using Network Address Port Translation (NAPT). Up to 1000 entries can be
configured (500 UDP ports and 500 TCP ports).
Add Entries to the NAT Static Port Mapping Table
1. Click the Add Table Entries button.
124
Configuration
NAT (SU Only; Routing Mode Only)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
2. Enter the following information, and click Add:
•
Enter the Local IP Address of the host on the Ethernet side of the SU.
•
Select the Port Type: TCP, UDP, or Both.
•
Enter the Start Port and End Port.
Edit/Delete Entries in the NAT Static Port Mapping Table
1. Click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button.
2. Enter your changes. To delete an entry, click the Status drop-down box and select Delete. Then Click OK.
Supported Session Protocols
The NAT feature supports the following session protocols for both inbound and outbound access with the required
support, applications, and limitations given in the following table.
Certain Internet applications require an Application Level Gateway (ALG) to provide the required transparency for an
application running on a host in a private network to connect to its counterpart running on a host in the public network. An
ALG may interact with NAT to set up state information, use NAT state information, modify application specific payload and
perform the tasks necessary to get the application running across address realms.
No more than one server of a particular type is supported within the private network behind the SU.
These VPN protocols are supported with their corresponding ALGs: IPsec, PPTP, L2TP.
The following session protocols are supported:
Protocol
ICMP
FTP
H.323
Support
ICMP ALG
FTP ALG
H.323 ALG
Applications
Ping
File transfer
Multimedia conferencing
Limitations
125
Configuration
NAT (SU Only; Routing Mode Only)
Protocol
HTTP
TFTP
Telnet
CUSeeMe
IMAP
PNM
POP3
SMTP
RTSP
Support
Port mapping for inbound
connection.
Port mapping for inbound
connection.
Port mapping for inbound
connection.
Port mapping for inbound and
outbound connection.
Port mapping for inbound
connection.
Port mapping for inbound
connection.
Port mapping for inbound
connection.
Port mapping for inbound
connection.
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Applications
Web browser
Limitations
File transfer
Remote login
Video conferencing
One user is allowed for video
conferencing
Mail
Streaming media with
Real Player
E-mail
E-mail
Mails with IP addresses of MTAs or
using IP addresses in place of FQDN
are not supported (requires SMTP
ALG).
Port mapping for inbound
connection.
Streaming audio/video
with Quick Time and Real
Player
ICQ
Port mapping for inbound
Chat and file transfer
Each host using ICQ needs to be
connection.
mapped for different ports.
IRC
Port mapping for inbound
Chat and file transfer
Each host using IRC needs to be
connection.
mapped for different ports.
MSN
Port mapping for inbound and Conference and Share
Only one user is allowed for net
Messenger
outbound connection.
files with Net meeting
meeting.
Net2Phone
Port mapping for inbound and Voice communication
outbound connection.
IP Multicast
Pass Through
Multicasting
Stream works Port mapping for inbound
Streaming video
connection.
Quake
Port mapping for inbound
Games
When a Quake server is configured
connection.
within the private network behind a
SU, the SU cannot provide information
about that server on the public
network.
Also, certain Quake servers do not let
multiple users log in using the same IP
address, in which case only one
Quake user is allowed.
126
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Monitoring
This chapter describes using the Web interface to obtain detailed information about the settings and performance of the
unit.
Click the Monitor button to access this information.
The following tabs appear in the Monitor section:
•
Wireless
•
ICMP
•
Per Station
•
Features
•
Link Test
•
Interfaces
•
IP ARP Table
•
IP Routes
•
Learn Table
•
RIP
•
RADIUS
•
QoS
•
Temperature
Help and Exit buttons also appear on each page of the Web interface; click the Help button to access online help; click
the Exit button to exit the application.
For an introduction to the basics of management, see Basic Management.
127
Monitoring
Wireless
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Wireless
General Performance
Click Monitor > Wireless > General to monitor the general performance of the wireless interface.
WORP Interface Performance
Click Monitor > Wireless > WORP tab to monitor the performance of the WORP Base or WORP SU interfaces.
The Registration Last Reason field indicates either a successful registration (a value of 1) or it indicates the reason why
the last registration failed. Possible values for the Registration Last Reason field are as follows:
•
None (successful registration)
•
Maximum number of SUs reached
•
Authentication failure
•
Roaming
•
No response from SU within the Registration Timeout Period
128
Monitoring
Wireless
•
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Low Signal Quality
129
Monitoring
ICMP
MP.11-R Installation and Management
ICMP
Click Monitor > ICMP to view the number of ICMP messages sent and received by the unit. It includes ping, route, and
host unreachable messages.
130
Monitoring
Per Station
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Per Station
Click Monitor > Per Station to view Station Statistics. On the SU, the “Per Station” page shows statistics of the BSU to
which the SU is registered. On the BSU, it shows statistics of all the SU’s connected to the BSU.
The page’s statistics refresh every 4 seconds.
131
Monitoring
Features
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Features
Click Monitor > Features to view the following information.
NOTE: A BSU shows how many WORP SUs it can support; the SU shows how many Ethernet hosts it supports on its
Ethernet port as the “Max Users on Satellite” parameter.
132
Monitoring
Link Test
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Link Test
Click Monitor > Link Test to find out which wireless stations are in range and to check their link quality.
NOTE: Link Test requires Internet Explorer version 6.0 or later. Earlier versions do not support Link Test.
Link Test for the unit reports the Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) value in dB; the higher this number, the better the signal
quality. Furthermore, it reports the signal level and noise level in dBm. The latter two are approximations of the level at
which the unit receives the signal of the peer unit and the background noise.
•
Clicking Explore from a BSU displays all its registered SUs.
•
Clicking Explore from an SU displays only the BSU with which it is registered.
All stations displayed after “Explore” come up “Disabled.” Select a station by changing Disabled to Start and click the
Link Test button. You can change multiple stations to Start, but only the last station in the list is displayed as the remote
partner when you click the Link Test button.
The Link Test provides SNR, Signal, and Noise information for both, the local and the remote unit’s levels. Link Test stops
when you close the Link Test page.
133
Monitoring
Interfaces
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Interfaces
Click Monitor > Interfaces to view detailed information about the IP-layer performance of the unit’s interfaces. There are
two sub-tabs: Wireless and Ethernet. The following figures show both interfaces.
134
Monitoring
IP ARP Table
MP.11-R Installation and Management
IP ARP Table
Click Monitor > IP ARP Table to view the mapping of the IP and MAC addresses of all radios registered at the BSU. This
information is based upon the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP).
135
Monitoring
IP Routes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
IP Routes
Click Monitor > IP Routes to view all active IP routes of the unit. These can be either static or dynamic (obtained
through RIP). This tab is available only in Routing mode, and you can add routes only when in Routing mode.
136
Monitoring
Learn Table
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Learn Table
Click Monitor > Learn Table to view all MAC addresses the unit has detected on an interface. The Learn Table displays
information relating to network bridging. It reports the MAC address for each node that the device has learned is on the
network and the interface on which the node was detected. There can be up to 10,000 entries in the Learn Table. This tab
is only available in Bridge mode.
137
Monitoring
RIP
MP.11-R Installation and Management
RIP
Click Monitor > RIP to view Routing Internet Protocol data for the Ethernet and Wireless interfaces.
138
Monitoring
RADIUS
MP.11-R Installation and Management
RADIUS
Click Monitor > Radius to view information about the traffic exchanged with a RADIUS server.
139
Monitoring
QoS
MP.11-R Installation and Management
QoS
Click Monitor > QoS to view summary information about the Quality of Service per BSU and for each SU registered with
that BSU.
This tab is available only on the BSU.
140
Monitoring
Temperature
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Temperature
The feature for reporting and logging internal unit temperature observes and reports the internal temperature of the unit.
Temperature is logged and an SNMP trap sent when the internal temperature crosses the limit of 0ºC to 55ºC (at 5
degrees before the limit, the unit issues a warning trap).
You can select a recording interval from one to sixty minutes, in 5-minute increments on the Configure: System tab. A
log file holds the recorded data. The log can hold at least 576 entries (two days with the refresh time of 5 minutes). For
further analysis, the log can be exported to a text file with a new line feed as a line separator.
The Temperature Log contains two sub-tabs:
•
The Current Temperature tab indicates the unit’s current temperature. The current temperature value is refreshed
every 4 seconds.
•
The Log tab keeps track of the temperature recorded at the end of each configured logging interval. You can reset or
refresh the log using the Reset and Refresh buttons.
141
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Commands
This chapter describes the commands that you can issue with the Web Interface.
Click the Commands button to access available commands. See the following:
•
Download
•
Upload
•
Reboot
•
Reset
•
Help Link
Help and Exit buttons also appear on each page of the Web interface; click the Help button to access online help; click
the Exit button to exit the application.
For an introduction to the basics of management, see Basic Management.
Download
Click Commands > Download tab to download configuration, image and license files to the unit via a TFTP server (see
TFTP Server Setup for information about the SolarWinds TFTP server software located on your product installation CD).
Enter the following information:
•
Server IP address: Enter the TFTP Server IP address.
•
File Name: Enter the name of the file to be downloaded. If you are using the SolarWinds TFTP server software
located on your product installation CD, the default directory for downloading files is C:\TFTP-Root.
•
File Type: Choose either Config, image, BspBl, or license.
•
File Operation: Choose either Download or Download and Reboot.
Click OK to start the download.
142
Commands
Upload
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Upload
Click Commands > Upload to upload a configuration or log file from the unit to a TFTP server (see TFTP Server Setup
for information about the SolarWinds TFTP server software located on your product installation CD).
Enter the following information:
•
Server IP address: Enter the TFTP Server IP address.
•
File Name: Enter the name of the file to be uploaded. If you are using the SolarWinds TFTP server software located
on your product installation CD, the default directory for uploading files is C:\TFTP-Root.
•
File Type: Choose either Config, Templog, or Eventlog.
Click OK to start the upload.
143
Commands
Reboot
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Reboot
Click Commands > Reboot to reboot the unit’s embedded software. Configuration changes are saved and the unit is
reset.
CAUTION: Rebooting the unit causes all users currently connected to lose their connection to the network until the unit
has completed the reboot process and resumed operation.
144
Commands
Reset
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Reset
Click Commands > Reset to restore the configuration of the unit to the factory default values.
You can also reset the unit by pressing the RELOAD button located on the side of the power brick. See Hard Reset to
Factory Default for more information.
CAUTION: Resetting the unit to its factory default configuration permanently overwrites all changes made to the unit.
The unit reboots automatically after this command has been issued.
145
Commands
Help Link
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Help Link
Click Commands > Help Link to set the location of the help files of the Web Interface. Upon installation, the help files are
installed in the C:\Program Files\Tsunami\MP.11 [Product Name]\Help folder.
If you want to place these files on a shared drive, copy the Help folder to the new location and specify the new path in the
Help Link box.
146
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Procedures
This chapter describes the following procedures:
•
TFTP Server Setup: Prepares the TFTP server for transferring files to and from the unit. This procedure is used by
the other procedures that transfer files.
•
Web Interface Image File Download: Upgrades the embedded software.
•
Configuration Backup: Saves the configuration of the unit.
•
Configuration Restore: Restores a previous configuration through configuration file download.
•
Soft Reset to Factory Default: Resets the unit to the factory default settings through the Web or Command Line
Interface.
•
Hard Reset to Factory Default: In some cases, it may be necessary to revert to the factory default settings (for
example, if you cannot access the unit or you lost the password for the Web Interface).
•
Forced Reload: Completely resets the unit and erases the embedded software. Use this procedure only as a last
resort if the unit does not boot and the “Hard Reset to Factory Default” procedure did not help. If you perform a
Forced Reload, you must download a new image file as described in Image File Download with the Bootloader.
•
Image File Download with the Bootloader: If the unit does not contain embedded software, or the embedded software
is corrupt, you can use this procedure to download a new image file.
147
Procedures
TFTP Server Setup
MP.11-R Installation and Management
TFTP Server Setup
A Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server lets you transfer files across a network. You can upload files from the unit
for backup or copying, and you can download the files for configuration and image upgrades. The SolarWinds TFTP
server software is located on the product installation CD, or can be downloaded from http://support.proxim.com. You can
also download the latest TFTP software from SolarWind’s Web site at http://www.solarwinds.net. The instructions that
follow assume that you are using the SolarWinds TFTP server software; other TFTP servers may require different
configurations.
NOTE: If a TFTP server is not available in the network, you can perform similar file transfer operations using the HTTP
interface.
To download or upload a file, you must connect to the computer with the TFTP server through the unit’s Ethernet port.
This can be any computer in the network or a computer connected to the unit with a cross-over Ethernet cable. For
information about installing the TFTP server, see Step 13: Install Documentation and Software.
Ensure that:
1. The upload or download directory is correctly set (the default directory is C:\TFTP-Root).
2. The required image file is present in the directory.
3. The TFTP server is running. The TFTP server must be running only during file upload and download. You can
check the connectivity between the unit and the TFTP server by pinging the unit from the computer that hosts the
TFTP server. The ping program should show replies from the unit.
4. The TFTP server is configured to both Transmit and Receive files (on the Security tab under File > Configure), with
no automatic shutdown or time-out (on the Auto-Close tab).
148
Procedures
Web Interface Image File Download
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Web Interface Image File Download
In some cases, it may be necessary to upgrade the embedded software of the unit by downloading an image file. To
download an image file through the Web Interface:
1. Set up the TFTP server as described in TFTP Server Setup.
2. Access the unit as described in Logging in to the Web Interface.
3. Click Commands > Download tab.
4. Fill in the following details:
•
Server IP Address: 
•
File Name: 
•
File Type: Image
•
File Operation: Download
5. Click OK to start the file transfer.
The unit downloads the image file. The TFTP server program should show download activity after a few seconds. When
the download is complete, the unit is ready to start the embedded software upon reboot.
149
Procedures
Configuration Backup
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Configuration Backup
You can back up the unit’s configuration by uploading the configuration file. You can use this file to restore the
configuration or to configure another unit (see Configuration Restore).
To upload a configuration file through the Web Interface:
1. Set up the TFTP server as described in TFTP Server Setup.
2. Access the unit as described in Logging in to the Web Interface.
3. Click Commands > Upload.
4. Fill in the following details:
•
Server IP Address: 
•
File Name: 
•
File Type: Config
•
File Operation: Upload
5. Click OK to start the file transfer.
The unit uploads the configuration file. The TFTP server program should show upload activity after a few seconds. When
the upload is complete, the configuration is backed up.
150
Procedures
Configuration Restore
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Configuration Restore
You can restore the configuration of the unit by downloading a configuration file. The configuration file contains the
configuration information of a unit.
To download a configuration file through the Web Interface:
1. Set up the TFTP server as described in TFTP Server Setup.
2. Access the unit as described in Logging in to the Web Interface.
3. Click Commands > Download tab.
4. Fill in the following details:
•
Server IP Address: 
•
File Name: 
•
File Type: Config
•
File Operation: Download
5. Click OK to start the file transfer.
The unit downloads the configuration file. The TFTP server program should show download activity after a few seconds.
When the download is complete and the system rebooted, the configuration is restored.
151
Procedures
Soft Reset to Factory Default
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Soft Reset to Factory Default
If necessary, you can reset the unit to the factory default settings. Resetting to default settings means that you must
configure the unit anew.
To reset to factory default settings using the Web Interface:
1. Click Commands > Reset.
2. Click the Reset to Factory Default button.
The device configuration parameter values are reset to their factory default values.
If you do not have access to the unit, you can use the procedure described in Hard Reset to Factory Default below as an
alternative.
152
Procedures
Hard Reset to Factory Default
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Hard Reset to Factory Default
If you cannot access the unit or you have lost its password, you can reset the unit to the factory default settings. Resetting
to default settings means you must configure the unit anew.
To reset to factory default settings, press and hold the RELOAD button on the side of the unit’s power supply for a
minimum of 5 seconds but no more than 10 seconds. The configuration is deleted from the unit and the unit reboots,
writing and using a default configuration.
CAUTION: It you hold the RELOAD button for longer than 20 seconds, you may go into Forced Reload mode, which
erases the unit’s embedded software. This software image must be reloaded through an Ethernet
connection with a TFTP server. The image filename to be downloaded can be configured with either
ScanTool through the Ethernet interface or with the Boot Loader CLI through the serial port to make the unit
functional again.
153
Procedures
Forced Reload
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Forced Reload
With Forced Reload, you erase the embedded software. Use this procedure only as a last resort if the unit does not boot
and the “Reset to Factory Defaults” procedure did not help. If you perform a Forced Reload, you must download a new
image file with the Bootloader (see “Image File Download with the Bootloader” below).
CAUTION: The following procedure erases the embedded software of the unit. This software image must be reloaded
through an Ethernet connection with a TFTP server. The image filename to be downloaded can be
configured with ScanTool through the Ethernet interface to make the unit functional again.
To do a forced reload:
1. Disconnect and reconnect power to the unit; the unit resets and the LEDs flash.
2. Immediately press and hold the RELOAD button on the side of the unit’s power supply for about 20 seconds. The
software image and configuration are deleted from the unit.
3. Follow the Image File Download with the Bootloader procedure to download an image file.
154
Procedures
Image File Download with the Bootloader
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Image File Download with the Bootloader
The following procedures download an image file to the unit after the embedded software has been erased with Forced
Reload or when the embedded software cannot be started by the Bootloader. A new image file can be downloaded to the
unit with ScanTool, or the Command Line Interface through the unit’s serial port. In both cases, the file is transferred
through Ethernet with TFTP. Because the CLI serial port option requires a serial RS-232C cable, Proxim recommends the
ScanTool option.
Download with ScanTool
To download an image file with the ScanTool:
1. Set up the TFTP server as described in TFTP Server Setup.
2. Download the latest software from http://support.proxim.com.
3. Copy the latest software updates to your TFTP server’s root directory.
4. Run ScanTool on a computer that is connected to the same LAN subnet as the unit. ScanTool scans the subnet for
units and displays the found units in the main window. If in Forced Reload, ScanTool does not find the device until the
unit Bootloader times out from its default operation to download an image. Click Rescan to re-scan the subnet and
update the display until the unit shows up in Bootloader mode.
5. Select the unit to which you want to download an image file and click Change.
6. Ensure that IP Address Type Static is selected and fill in the following details:
•
Password
•
IP Address and Subnet Mask of the unit.
•
TFTP Server IP Address and, if necessary, the Gateway IP Address of the TFTP server.
•
Image File Name of the file with the new image.
7. Click OK to start the file transfer.
The unit downloads the image file. The TFTP server program should show download activity after a few seconds. When
the download is complete, the LED pattern should return to reboot state. The unit is ready to start the embedded
software.
After a Forced Reload procedure, the unit returns to factory default settings and must be reconfigured. ScanTool can be
used to set the system name and IP address.
To access the unit, see Logging in to the Web Interface.
Download with CLI
To use the CLI through the serial port of the unit, you need a connector cable with a male RJ11 and a female DB9
connector (included with the unit) and an ASCII terminal program such as HyperTerminal. Proxim recommends you
switch off the unit and the computer before connecting or disconnecting the serial RS-232C cable.
To download an image file:
1. Set up the TFTP server as described in TFTP Server Setup.
2. Download the latest software from http://support.proxim.com.
3. Copy the latest software updates to your TFTP server’s root directory.
4. Start the terminal program (such as HyperTerminal), set the following connection properties, and then connect:
•
COM port: for example, COM1 or COM2 to which the unit serial port is connected)
•
Bits per second: 9600
•
Data bits: 8
•
Stop bits: 1
•
Flow control: None
155
Procedures
Image File Download with the Bootloader
•
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Parity: None
5. Disconnect and reconnect power to reset the unit; the terminal program displays Power On Self Test (POST)
messages.
6. When the “Sending Traps to SNMP manager periodically” message is displayed (after about 30 seconds), press
the ENTER key.
7. The command prompt is displayed; enter the following commands:
set ipaddr 
set ipsubmask 
set ipaddrtype static
set tftpipaddr 
set tftpfilename 
set ipgw 
reboot
For example:
set ipaddr 10.0.0.12
set ipsubmask 255.255.255.0
set ipaddrtype static
set tftpipaddr 10.0.0.20
set tftpfilename image.bin
set ipgw 10.0.0.30
reboot
The unit reboots and downloads the image file. The TFTP server program should show download activity after a few
seconds. When the download is complete, the unit is ready for configuration.
To access the unit, see Logging in to the Web Interface. Note that the IP configuration in normal operation differs from the
IP configuration of the Boot Loader.
156
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Troubleshooting
10
This chapter helps you to isolate and solve problems with your unit. In the event this chapter does not provide a solution,
or the solution does not solve your problem, check our support website at http://support.proxim.com.
Before you start troubleshooting, it is important that you have checked the details in the product documentation. For
details about RADIUS, TFTP, terminal and telnet programs, and Web browsers, refer to the appropriate documentation.
In some cases, rebooting the unit clears the problem. If nothing else helps, consider a Soft Reset to Factory Default or a
Forced Reload. The Forced Reload option requires you to download a new image file to the unit.
See the following:
•
Connectivity Issues
•
Communication Issues
•
Setup and Configuration Issues
•
VLAN Operation Issues
•
Link Problems
Connectivity Issues
The issues described in this section relate to the connections of the unit.
Unit Does Not Boot
The unit shows no activity (the power LED is off).
1. Ensure that the power supply is properly working and correctly connected.
2. Ensure that all cables are correctly connected.
3. Check the power source.
4. If you are using an Active Ethernet splitter, ensure that the voltage is correct.
Serial Link Does Not Work
The unit cannot be reached through the serial port.
1. Check the cable connection between the unit and the computer.
2. Ensure that the correct COM port is used.
3. Start the terminal program; set the following connection properties (also see “HyperTerminal Connection Properties”
in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual), and then connect.
•
COM port: for example, COM1 or COM2 to which the unit serial port is connected)
•
Bits per second: 9600
•
Data bits 8
•
Stop bits: 1
•
Flow control: None
•
Parity: None
4. Ensure that the unit and the computer use the same serial port configuration parameters.
5. Disconnect and reconnect power to reset the unit. The terminal program displays Power On Self Tests (POST)
messages and displays the following after approximately 90 seconds: Please enter password:
157
Troubleshooting
Connectivity Issues
MP.11-R Installation and Management
HyperTerminal Connection Problems
The serial connection properties can be found in HyperTerminal as follows:
1. Start HyperTerminal and select Properties from the File menu.
2. Select Direct to Com 1 in the Connect using: drop-down list (depending upon the COM port you use); then click
Configure.
3. Enter or edit the information as follows, and click OK.
•
Bits per second: 9600
•
Data bits: 8
•
Parity: None
•
Stop bits: 1
•
Flow control: None
4. Click the Settings tab and then click ASCII Setup.
5. Ensure that Send line ends with line feeds is selected and click OK twice. HyperTerminal is now correctly configured.
Ethernet Link Does Not Work
1. First check the Ethernet LED:
•
Solid Green: Power is on, the radio is up, and the Ethernet link is also up.
•
Blinking Green: Power is on, the radio is coming up and the Ethernet is down.
2. Verify pass-through versus cross-over cable.
Cannot Use the Web Interface
1. Open a command prompt window and enter ping  (for example ping 10.0.0.1). If the
unit does not respond, make sure that you have the correct IP address.
If the unit responds, the Ethernet connection is working properly, continue with this procedure.
2. Ensure that you are using one of the following Web browsers:
•
Microsoft Internet Explorer version 5.0 or later (Version 6.0 or later recommended)
•
Netscape version 6.0 or later.
3. Ensure that you are not using a proxy server for the connection with your Web browser.
4. Ensure that you have not exceeded the maximum number of Web Interface or CLI sessions.
5. Double-check the physical network connections. Use a well-known unit to ensure the network connection is properly
functioning.
6. Perform network infrastructure troubleshooting (check switches, routers, and so on).
158
Troubleshooting
Communication Issues
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Communication Issues
Two Units Are Unable to Communicate Wirelessly
If a wireless link is possible after testing two units within close distance of each other, then there are two possible reasons
why wireless connectivity is not possible while the MP.11 units are at their desired locations:
1. There may be a problem in the RF path, for example, a bad connector attachment (this is the most common problem
in installations) or a bad cable (water ingress).
NOTE: The cables can be swapped with known good ones as a temporary solution to verify cable quality.
2. Another reason may be related to an interference problem caused by a high signal level from another radio. This can
be checked by changing the frequency and then verifying whether another channel works better or by changing the
polarization as a way of avoiding the interfering signal. To know in advance how much interference is present in a
given environment, a Spectrum Analyzer can be attached to a (temporary) antenna for measuring the signal levels on
all available Channels.
NOTE: The antennas are usually not the problem, unless mounted upside down causing the drain hole to be quickly
filled with radome.
If a wireless link is not possible after testing two units within close distance of each other, then the problem is either
hardware or configuration related, such as a wrong Network name, Encryption key, Network Secret or Base Station
Name. To eliminate these issues from being a factor, resetting the both units to factory defaults is the recommended
solution.
If a wireless link is not possible after resetting the units and verifying that one unit is a BSU with WORP Base interface
configured and the other is a Satellite, then the problem is not configuration related and the only remaining reason is a
possible hardware problem. Acquiring a third unit and then testing it amongst the existing units will help pinpoint the
broken unit.
159
Troubleshooting
Setup and Configuration Issues
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Setup and Configuration Issues
The following issues relate to setup and configuration problems.
Lost Password
If you lost your password, you must reset the unit to the default settings. See Hard Reset to Factory Default. The default
password is public.
If you record your password, keep it in a safe place.
The Unit Responds Slowly
If the unit takes a long time to become available, it could mean that:
•
No DHCP server is available.
•
The IP address of the unit is already in use.
Verify that the IP address is assigned only to the unit. Do this by switching off the unit and then pinging the IP address.
If there is a response to the ping, another device in the network is using the same IP address. If the unit uses a static
IP address, switching to DHCP mode could remedy this problem. Also see Setting the IP Address with ScanTool.
•
There is too much network traffic.
Web Interface Does Not Work
If you cannot connect to the unit Web server through the network:
1. Connect a computer to the serial port of the unit and check the HTTP status. The HTTP status can restrict HTTP
access at different interfaces. For more information, see “Serial Port” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference
Manual.
2. Open a command prompt window and enter: ping  (for example ping 10.0.0.1)
•
If the unit does not respond, ensure that you have the correct IP address.
•
If the unit responds, the Ethernet connection is working properly; continue with this procedure.
3. Ensure that you are using one of the following Web browsers:
•
Microsoft Internet Explorer version 5.0 or later (Version 6.0 or later recommended)
•
Netscape version 6.0 or later
4. Ensure that you are not using a proxy server for the connection with your Web browser.
5. Ensure that you have not exceeded the maximum number of Web Interface sessions.
Command Line Interface Does Not Work
If you cannot connect to the unit through the network:
1. Connect a computer to the serial port of the unit and check the SNMP table. The SNMP table can restrict telnet or
HTTP access. For more information, see “Serial Port” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual.
2. Open a command prompt window and enter: ping  (for example ping 10.0.0.1).
•
If the unit does not respond, ensure that you have the correct IP address.
•
If the unit responds, the Ethernet connection is working properly; continue with this procedure.
3. Ensure that you have not exceeded the maximum number of CLI sessions.
TFTP Server Does Not Work
With TFTP, you can transfer files to and from the unit. Also see TFTP Server Setup. If a TFTP server is not properly
configured and running, you cannot upload and download files. The TFTP server:
160
Troubleshooting
Setup and Configuration Issues
•
Can be situated either local or remote
•
Must have a valid IP address
•
Must be set for send and receive without time-out
•
Must be running only during file upload and download
MP.11-R Installation and Management
If the TFTP server does not upload or download files, it could mean:
•
The TFTP server is not running
•
The IP address of the TFTP server is invalid
•
The upload or download directory is not correctly set
•
The file name is not correct
Online Help Is Not Available
Online help is not available:
1. Make sure that the Help files are installed on your computer or server. Also see Step 13: Install Documentation and
Software.
2. Verify whether the path of the help files in the Web Interface refers to the correct directory. See Help Link.
Changes Do Not Take Effect
Changes made in the Web Interface do not take effect:
1. Restart your Web browser.
2. Log into the radio unit again and make changes.
3. Reboot the radio unit when prompted to do so.
Wait until the reboot is completed before accessing the unit again.
161
Troubleshooting
VLAN Operation Issues
MP.11-R Installation and Management
VLAN Operation Issues
The correct VLAN configuration can be verified by “pinging” wired hosts from both sides of the device and the network
switch. Traffic can be “sniffed” on the wired (Ethernet) network. Packets generated by hosts and viewed on one of the
backbones should contain IEEE 802.1Q compliant VLAN headers when in Transparent mode. The VLAN ID in the
headers should correspond to one of the VLAN Management IDs configured for the unit in Trunk mode.
The correct VLAN assignment can be verified by pinging:
•
The unit to ensure connectivity
•
The switch to ensure VLAN properties
•
Hosts past the switch to confirm the switch is functional
Ultimately, traffic can be “sniffed” on the Ethernet interface using third-party packages. Most problems can be avoided by
ensuring that 802.1Q compliant VLAN tags containing the proper VLAN ID have been inserted in the bridged frames. The
VLAN ID in the header should correspond to the assigned VLAN.
What if network traffic is being directed to a nonexistent host?
•
All sessions are disconnected, traffic is lost, and a manual override is necessary.
•
Workaround: You can configure the switch to mimic the nonexistent host.
162
Troubleshooting
Link Problems
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Link Problems
While wireless networking emerges more and more, the number of wireless connections to networks grows every day.
The Tsunami MP.11 unit is one of the successful product families used by customers today who enjoy the day after day
high-speed, cost-effective connections. To successfully use the connections, technicians must be able to troubleshoot
the system effectively. This section gives hints on how a unit network could be analyzed in the case of “no link,” a
situation in which the customer thinks that the link is down because there is no traffic being passed.
The four general reasons that a wireless link may not work are related to:
•
Hardware
•
Configuration
•
Path issues (such as distance, cable loss, obstacles)
•
Environment (anything that is outside the equipment and not part of the path itself)
You have tested the equipment in the office and have verified that the hardware and configurations are sound. The path
calculation has been reviewed, and the path has been double-checked for obstacles and canceling reflections. Still, the
user reports that the link does not work.
Most likely, the problem reported is caused by the environment or by improper tests to verify the connection. This article
assumes that the test method, cabling, antennas, and antenna alignment have been checked. Always do this before
checking the environment.
General Check
Two general checks are recommended before taking any action:
•
Check whether the software version at both sides is the most current
•
Check for any reported alarm messages in the Event Log
Statistics Check
Interference and other negative environment factors always have an impact on the number of correctly received frames.
The Tsunami MP.11 models give detailed information about transmission errors in the Web interface, under Monitor.
The windows that are important for validating the health of the link are:
•
Monitor / Wireless / General (Lowest level of the wireless network): Check FCS errors: Rising FCS errors
indicate interference or low fade margin. So does Failed count. If only one of those is high, this indicates that a
source of interference is significant near one end of the link.
•
Monitor / Interfaces / Wireless (One level higher than Wireless / General): The information is given after the
wireless Ethernet frame is converted into a normal Ethernet frame. The parameters shown are part of the MIB-II.
•
–
Both operational and admin status should be up. An admin status of down indicates that the interface is
configured to be down.
–
In Discards and Out Discards indicate overload of the buffers, likely caused by network traffic, which is too
heavy.
–
In Errors and Out Errors should never happen; however, it might happen if a frame’s FCS was correct while the
content was still invalid.
Monitor / Wireless / WORP (Statistics on WORP): WORP runs on top of normal Ethernet, which means that the
WORP frame is in fact the data field of the Ethernet frame. Send Failure or Send Retries must be low in comparison
to Send Success. Low is about 1%. The same applies for Receive Success versus Receive Retries and Receive
Failures. Note that the Receive Failures and Retries can be inaccurate. A frame from the remote site might have
been transmitted without even being received; therefore, the count of that frame might not have been added to the
statistics and the receiver simply could not know that there was a frame.
163
Troubleshooting
Link Problems
MP.11-R Installation and Management
–
Remote Partners indicates how many SUs are connected (in case of a BSU) or whether a Base is connected (in
case of a Subscriber).
–
Base Announces should increase continuously.
–
Registration Requests and Authentication Requests should be divisible by 3. WORP is designed in a way that
each registration sequence starts with 3 identical requests. It is not a problem if, once in a while, one of those
requests is missing. Missing requests frequently is to be avoided.
•
Monitor / Per Station (Information per connected remote partner): Check that the received signal level (RSL) is
the same on both sides; this should be the case if output power is the same. Two different RSLs indicate a broken
transmitter or receiver. A significant difference between Local Noise and Remote Noise could indicate a source of
interference near the site with the highest noise. Normally, noise is about –80 dBm at 36 Mbps. This number can vary
from situation to situation, of course, also in a healthy environment.
•
Monitor / Link Test (Information used by Administrators for on-the-spot checking): Check the received signal
level (RSL) and noise level. Compare the RSL with the values from path analysis. If the figures differ significantly
from the values recorded at the Per Station window, check for environment conditions that change over time.
Analyzing the Spectrum
The ultimate way to discover whether there is a source of interference is to use a spectrum analyzer. Usually, the antenna
is connected to the analyzer when measuring. By turning the antenna 360 degrees, one can check from which direction
the interference is coming. The analyzer will also display the frequencies and the level of signal is detected.
Proxim recommends performing the test at various locations to find the most ideal location for the equipment.
Avoiding Interference
When a source of interference is identified and when the level and frequencies are known, the next step is to avoid the
interference. Some of the following actions can be tried:
•
Changing the channel to a frequency away from the interference is the first step in avoiding interference. For countries
that require DFS, it might be not possible to manually select a different frequency.
•
Each antenna has a polarization; try to change to a polarization different from the interferer.
•
A small beam antenna looks only in one particular direction. Because of the higher gain of such an antenna, lowering
the output power or adding extra attenuation might be required to stay legal. This solution cannot help when the
source of interference is right behind the remote site.
•
Lowering the antennas can help avoid seeing interference from far away.
Move the antennas to a different location on the premises. This causes the devices to look from a different angle, causing
a different pattern in the reception of the signals. Use obstructions such as buildings, when possible, to shield from the
interference.
Conclusion
A spectrum analyzer can be a great help to identify whether interference might be causing link problems on Tsunami
MP.11 systems.
Before checking for interference, the link should be verified by testing in an isolated environment, to make sure that
hardware works and your configurations are correct. The path analysis, cabling and antennas should be checked as well.
Statistics in the web interface under Monitor tell if there is a link, if the link is healthy, and a continuous test can be done
using the Link Test.
164
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Country Codes and Channels
In the CLI and MIB browser, the country code is set using the string code, as shown in the following example.
Example: To set Taiwan as the country:
set syscountrycode TW
NOTE: The country code must be entered in capital letters.
NOTE: Country is not configurable for the 4954-R.
See the following tables:
•
2.4 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
•
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
•
4.9 GHz Channels/Frequencies
2.4 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country Code
Albenia (AL)
Frequency Band
2.4 GHz
Allowed Channels (Center Frequency)
for 5 MHz, 10 MHz, and 20 MHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Algeria (DZ)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Argentina (AR)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Armenia (AM)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Australia (AU)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Austria (AT)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Azerbaijan (AZ)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Bahrain (BH)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Belarus (BY)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Belgium (BE)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Belize (BZ)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Bolivia (BO)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Brazil (BR),
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Brunei Darussalam (BN)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Bulgaria (BG)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
165
Country Codes and Channels
2.4 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country Code
Canada (CA)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Frequency Band
2.4 GHz
Allowed Channels (Center Frequency)
for 5 MHz, 10 MHz, and 20 MHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462)
China (CN)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Colombia (CO)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Costa Rica (CR)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Croatia (HR)
2.4 GHz
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Cyprus (CY)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Denmark (DK)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Dominican Republic (DO)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462)
Egypt (EG)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
El Salvador (SV)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Estonia (EE)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Finland (FI)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
France (FR)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Georgia (GE)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Germany (DE)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Greece (GR)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Guatemala (GT)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Honduras (HN)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Hong Kong (HK)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Hungary (HU)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Iceland (IS)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
India (IN)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Indonesia (ID)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Iran (IR)
2.4 GHz
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Ireland (IE)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
166
Country Codes and Channels
2.4 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country Code
Israel (IL)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Frequency Band
2.4 GHz
Allowed Channels (Center Frequency)
for 5 MHz, 10 MHz, and 20 MHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Italy (IT)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Japan (JP)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Jordon (JO)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Kazakhstan (KZ)
2.4 GHz
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Korea Republic (KR)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Kuwait (KW)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Latvia (LV)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Lebanon (LB)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Liechtenstein (LI)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Lithuania (LT)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Luxembourg (LU)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Macau (MO)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Macedonia (MK)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Malaysia (MY)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Malta (MT)
2.4 GHz
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Mexico (MX)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462)
Monaco (MC)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Morocco (MA)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Netherlands (NL)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
New Zealand (NZ)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
North Korea (KP)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Norway (NO)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Oman (OM)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Pakistan (PK)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
167
Country Codes and Channels
2.4 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country Code
Panama (PA)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Frequency Band
2.4 GHz
Allowed Channels (Center Frequency)
for 5 MHz, 10 MHz, and 20 MHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462)
Peru (PE)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Philippines (PH)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Poland (PL)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Portugal (PT)
2.4 GHz
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Puerto Rico (PR)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462)
Quatar (QA)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Romania (RO)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Russia (RU)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Saudia Arabia (SA)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Singapore (SG)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Slovak Republic (SK)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Slovenia (SI)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
South Africa (ZA)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Spain (ES)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Sweden (SE)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Switzerland (CH)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Syria (SY)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Taiwan (TW)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Thailand (TH)
2.4 GHz
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Trinidad and Tobago (TT)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Tunisia (TN)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Turkey (TR)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Ukraine (UA)
2.4 GHz
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
United Arab Emirates (AE)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
168
Country Codes and Channels
2.4 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country Code
United Kingdom (GB)
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Frequency Band
2.4 GHz
Allowed Channels (Center Frequency)
for 5 MHz, 10 MHz, and 20 MHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Uruguay (UY)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
USA (US)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Uzbekistan (UZ)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
Vietnam (VN)
2.4 GHz
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
10 (2457), 11 (2462)
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Yemen (YE)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
Zimbabwe (ZW)
2.4 GHz
1 (2412), 2 (2417), 3 (2422), 4 (2427), 5 (2432), 6 (2437), 7 (2442), 8 (2447), 9 (2452),
10 (2457), 11 (2462), 12 (2467), 13 (2472)
169
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
MP.11-R Installation and Management
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Argentina (AR)
5.25 - 5.35 GHz and
DFS
No
5.725 - 5.825 GHz
Australia (AU)
Austria (AT)
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
No
Yes
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
Belize (BZ)
Bolivia (BO)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
Yes
No
No
5 MHz
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
56 (5280), 58 (5290),
56 (5280), 57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295),
64 (5320), 149 (5745),
60 (5300), 62 (5310),
60 (5300), 61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315),
153 (5765), 157 (5785),
64 (5320), 149 (5745),
64 (5320), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),
161 (5805)
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),
159 (5795), 161 (5805)
160 (5800), 161 (5805)
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
165 (5825)
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815), 165 (5825),
163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
167 (5835)
167 (5835)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
Belgium (BE)
10 MHz
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),
165 (5825)
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),
165 (5825)
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
170
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Brazil (BR)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
Brazil 5.8 GHz (B1) 5.725 - 5.85 GHz
Brunei
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
DFS
Yes
No
No
Darussalam (BN)
Bulgaria (BG)
Canada (CA)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
Yes
No
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),
165 (5825)
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),
165 (5825)
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
163 (5815), 165 (5825),
167 (5835)
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),
167 (5835)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
165 (5825)
171
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Canada DFS (C1)
5.25 - 5.35 GHz and
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
DFS
Yes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),
64 (5320), 100 (5500),
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),
104 (5520), 108 (5540),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),
112 (5560), 116 (5580),
66 (5330), 98 (5490),
65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 97 (5485),
120 (5600), 124 (5620),
100 (5500), 102 (5510),
98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500), 101 (5505),
128 (5640), 132 (5660),
104 (5520), 106 (5530),
102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520), 105 (5525),
136 (5680), 140 (5700)
108 (5540), 110 (5550),
106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540), 109 (5545),
112 (5560), 114 (5570),
110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560), 113 (5565),
116 (5580), 118 (5590),
114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580), 117 (5585),
120 (5600), 122 (5610),
118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600), 121 (5605),
124 (5620), 126 (5630),
122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620), 125 (5625),
128 (5640), 130 (5650),
126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640), 129 (5645),
132 (5660), 134 (5670),
130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660), 133 (5665),
136 (5680), 138 (5690),
134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680), 137 (5685),
140 (5700), 142 (5710)
138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700), 141 (5705),
142 (5710)
China (CN)
Colombia (CO)
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
5.25 - 5.35 GHz and
No
No
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
Cyprus (CY)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
Yes
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),
165 (5825)
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),
64 (5320), 149 (5745),
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),
153 (5765), 157 (5785),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),
161 (5805), 165 (5825)
66 (5330), 147 (5735),
65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
172
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Czech Republic
Denmark (DK)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
Dominican
5.25 - 5.35 GHz and
Republic (DO)
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
Estonia (EE)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
DFS
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),
64 (5320), 149 (5745),
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),
153 (5765), 157 (5785),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),
161 (5805), 165 (5825)
66 (5330), 147 (5735),
65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
173
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Finland (FI)
France (FR)
Germany (DE)
Greece (GR)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
DFS
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
174
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Guatemala (GT)
5.25 - 5.35 GHz and
DFS
No
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
Hong Kong (HK)
Hungary (HU)
Iceland (IS)
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
No
Yes
Yes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),
64 (5320), 149 (5745),
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),
153 (5765), 157 (5785),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),
161 (5805), 165 (5825)
66 (5330), 147 (5735),
65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
165 (5825)
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815), 165 (5825),
163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),
167 (5835)
167 (5835)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
175
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
India (IN)
5.15 - 5.35 GHz and
DFS
No
5.725 - 5.825 GHz
Iran (IR)
Ireland (IE)
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
Ireland 5.8 GHz (I1) 5.725 - 5.85 GHz
Italy (IT)
5.47 GHz
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
36 (5180), 40 (5200),
36 (5180), 38 (5190),
36 (5180), 37 (5185), 38 (5190), 39 (5195),
40 (5200), 41 (5205), 42 (5210), 43 (5215),
44 (5220), 48 (5240),
40 (5200), 42 (5210),
52 (5260), 56 (5280),
44 (5220), 46 (5230),
44 (5220), 45 (5225), 46 (5230), 47 (5235),
60 (5300), 64 (5320),
48 (5240), 50 (5250),
48 (5240), 49 (5245), 50 (5250), 51 (5255),
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
52 (5260), 54 (5270),
52 (5260), 53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275),
157 (5785), 161 (5805)
56 (5280), 58 (5290),
56 (5280), 57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295),
60 (5300), 62 (5310),
60 (5300), 61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315),
64 (5320), 66 (5330),
64 (5320), 65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815)
163 (5815)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),
165 (5825)
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
147 (5735), 151 (5755),
145 (5725), 147 (5735),
145 (5725), 146 (5730), 147 (5735), 148 (5740),
155 (5775), 167 (5835)
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),
157 (5785), 163 (5815),
157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 163 (5815),
165 (5825), 167 (5835),
164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835),
169 (5845)
168 (5840), 169 (5845), 170 (5850)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
176
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Japan (JP)
Japan2 (J2)
Korea
5.25 - 5.35 GHz
5.15 - 5.25 GHz
5.725 - 5.825 GHz
DFS
Yes
No
No
Republic (KR)
Korea
5.725 - 5.825 GHz
No
Republic2 (K2)
Latvia (LV)
Liechtenstein (LI)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
Yes
Yes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),
64 (5320)
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),
66 (5330)
65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335)
34 (5170), 38 (5190),
32 (5160),34 (5170),
32 (5160), 33 (5165), 34 (5170), 35 (5175),
42 (5210), 46 (5230)
36 (5180), 38 (5190),
36 (5180), 37 (5185), 38 (5190), 39 (5195),
40 (5200), 42 (5210),
40 (5200), 41 (5205), 42 (5210), 43 (5215),
44 (5220), 46 (5230),
44 (5220), 45 (5225), 46 (5230)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
157 (5785), 161 (5805)
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815)
163 (5815)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
157 (5785), 161 (5805)
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815)
163 (5815)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
177
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Lithuania (LT)
Luxembourg (LU)
Macau (MO)
Malaysia (MY)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
5.25 - 5.35 GHz and
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
DFS
Yes
Yes
No
No
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
165 (5825)
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815), 165 (5825),
163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),
167 (5835)
167 (5835)
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),
64 (5320), 149 (5745),
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),
153 (5765), 157 (5785),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),
161 (5805), 165 (5825)
66 (5330), 147 (5735),
65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
178
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Malta (MT)
Mexico (MX)
Netherlands (NL)
New Zealand (NZ)
North Korea (KP)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
5.725 - 5.825 GHz
DFS
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
165 (5825)
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815), 165 (5825),
163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),
167 (5835)
167 (5835)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
165 (5825)
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815), 165 (5825),
163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),
167 (5835)
167 (5835)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
157 (5785), 161 (5805)
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815)
163 (5815)
179
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Norway (NO)
Panama (PA)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.25 - 5.35 GHz and
DFS
Yes
No
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
Philippines (PH)
5.25 - 5.35 GHz and
No
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
Poland (PL)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
Yes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),
64 (5320), 149 (5745),
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),
153 (5765), 157 (5785),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),
161 (5805), 165 (5825)
66 (5330), 147 (5735),
65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),
64 (5320), 149 (5745),
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),
153 (5765), 157 (5785),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),
161 (5805), 165 (5825)
66 (5330), 147 (5735),
65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
180
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Portugal (PT)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
DFS
Yes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
140 (5700)
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
142 (5710)
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),
64 (5320), 149 (5745),
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),
153 (5765), 157 (5785),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),
161 (5805), 165 (5825)
66 (5330), 147 (5735),
65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
Puerto Rico (PR)
5.25 - 5.35 GHz and
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
No
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)
181
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Russia (RU)
5.15 - 6.08 GHz
DFS
No
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
30 (5150), 32 (5160),
30 (5150), 31 (5155), 32 (5160), 33 (5165),
38 (5190), 42 (5210),
34 (5170), 36 (5180)
34 (5170), 35 (5175), 36 (5180), 37 (5185),
46 (5230), 50 (5250),
38 (5190), 40 (5200),
30 (5150), 34 (5170),
54 (5270), 58 (5290),
62 (5310), 66 (5330),
70 (5350), 74 (5370),
78 (5390), 82 (5410),
86 (5430), 90 (5450),
42 (5210), 44 (5220),
46 (5230), 48 (5240),
50 (5250), 52 (5260),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
38 (5190), 39 (5195), 40 (5200), 41 (5205),
42 (5210), 43 (5215), 44 (5220), 45 (5225),
46 (5230), 47 (5235), 48 (5240), 49 (5245),
50 (5250), 51 (5255), 52 (5260), 53 (5265),
54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280), 57 (5285),
58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300), 61 (5305),
94 (5470), 98 (5490),
66 (5330), 68 (5340),
62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320), 65 (5325),
102 (5510), 106 (5530),
70 (5350), 72 (5360),
66 (5330), 67 (5335), 68 (5340), 69 (5345),
110 (5550), 114 (5570),
74 (5370), 76 (5380),
70 (5350), 71 (5355), 72 (5360), 73 (5365),
118 (5590), 122 (5610),
78 (5390), 80 (5400),
74 (5370), 75 (5375), 76 (5380), 77 (5385),
126 (5630), 130 (5650),
82 (5410), 84 (5420),
78 (5390), 79 (5395), 80 (5400), 81 (5405),
134 (5670), 138 (5690),
86 (5430), 88 (5440),
82 (5410), 83 (5415), 84 (5420), 85 (5425),
142 (5710), 146 (5730),
90 (5450), 92 (5460),
86 (5430), 87 (5435), 88 (5440), 89 (5445),
150 (5750), 154 (5770),
94 (5470), 96 (5480),
158 (5790), 162 (5810),
166 (5830), 170 (5850),
174 (5870), 178 (5890),
182 (5910), 186 (5930),
190 (5950), 194 (5970),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
90 (5450), 91 (5455), 92 (5460), 93 (5465),
94 (5470), 95 (5475), 96 (5480), 97 (5485),
98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500), 101 (5505),
102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520), 105 (5525),
106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540), 109 (5545),
110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560), 113 (5565),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580), 117 (5585),
206 (6030), 210 (6060),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600), 121 (5605),
214 (6070)
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620), 125 (5625),
198 (5990), 202 (6010),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640), 129 (5645),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660), 133 (5665),
142 (5710), 144 (5720),
134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680), 137 (5685),
146 (5730), 148 (5740),
138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700), 141 (5705),
150 (5750), 152 (5760),
142 (5710), 143 (5715), 144 (5720), 145 (5725),
154 (5770), 156 (5780),
146 (5730), 147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745),
158 (5790), 160 (5800),
162 (5810), 164 (5820),
166 (5830), 168 (5840),
170 (5850), 172 (5860),
174 (5870), 176 (5880)
178 (5890), 180 (5900),
150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765),
154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785),
158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805),
162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825),
166 (5830), 167 (5835), 168 (5840), 169 (5845),
182 (5910), 184 (5920),
170 (5850), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),
186 (5930), 188 (5940),
167 (5835), 168 (5840), 169 (5845), 170 (5850),
190 (5950), 192 (5960),
171 (5855), 172 (5860), 173 (5865), 174 (5870),
194 (5970), 196 (5980),
175 (5875), 176 (5880), 177 (5885), 178 (5890),
198 (5990), 200 (6000),
179 (5895), 180 (5900), 181 (5905), 182 (5910),
202 (6010), 204 (6020),
183 (5915), 184 (5920), 185 (5925), 186 (5930),
206 (6030), 208 (6040),
187 (5935), 188 (5940), 189 (5945), 190 (5950),
210 (6050), 212 (6060),
191 (5955), 192 (5960), 193 (5965), 194 (5970),
214 (6070)
195 (5975), 196 (5980), 197 (5855), 198 (5990),
199 (5995), 200 (6000), 201 (6005), 202 (6010),
203 (6015), 204 (6020), 205 (6025), 206 (6030),
207 (6035), 208 (6040), 209 (6045), 210 (6050),
211 (6055), 212 (6060), 213 (6065), 214 (6070)
215 (6075)
182
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Saudi Arabia (SA)
5.15 - 5.35 GHz and
DFS
No
5.725 - 5.825 GHz
Singapore (SG)
5.15 - 5.25 GHz and
No
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
Slovak
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
Yes
Republic (SK)
Slovenia (SI)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
Yes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
36 (5180), 40 (5200),
36 (5180), 38 (5190),
36 (5180), 37 (5185), 38 (5190), 39 (5195),
40 (5200), 41 (5205), 42 (5210), 43 (5215),
44 (5220), 48 (5240),
40 (5200), 42 (5210),
52 (5260), 56 (5280),
44 (5220), 46 (5230),
44 (5220), 45 (5225), 46 (5230), 47 (5235),
60 (5300), 64 (5320),
48 (5240), 50 (5250),
48 (5240), 49 (5245), 50 (5250), 51 (5255),
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
52 (5260), 54 (5270),
52 (5260), 53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275),
157 (5785), 161 (5805)
56 (5280), 58 (5290),
56 (5280), 57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295),
60 (5300), 62 (5310),
60 (5300), 61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315),
64 (5320), 66 (5330),
64 (5320), 65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
36 (5180), 40 (5200),
163 (5815)
163 (5815)
36 (5180), 38 (5190),
36 (5180), 37 (5185), 38 (5190), 39 (5195),
44 (5220), 48 (5240),
40 (5200), 42 (5210),
40 (5200), 41 (5205), 42 (5210), 43 (5215),
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
44 (5220), 46 (5230),
44 (5220), 45 (5225), 46 (5230), 47 (5235),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
48 (5240), 147 (5735),
48 (5240), 147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745),
165 (5825)
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785),
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805),
161 (5805), 163 (5815),
162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825),
165 (5825), 167 (5835)
166 (5830), 167 (5835)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
183
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
South Africa (ZA)
Spain (ES)
Sweden (SE)
Switzerland (CH)
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
DFS
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
184
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
Taiwan (158)
5.25 - 5.35 GHz and
DFS
No
5.725 - 5.825 GHz
Thailand (TH)
United
5.725 - 5.825 GHz
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
No
Yes
Kingdom (GB)
United Kingdom 5.8 5.725 - 5.85 GHz
Yes
GHz (G1)
United States (US)
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
No
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
5 MHz
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),
64 (5320), 149 (5745),
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),
153 (5765), 157 (5785),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),
161 (5805)
66 (5330), 147 (5735),
65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),
157 (5785), 159 (5795),
156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),
161 (5805), 163 (5815)
160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
157 (5785), 161 (5805)
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815)
163 (5815)
100 (5500), 104 (5520),
98 (5490), 100 (5500),
97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),
108 (5540), 112 (5560),
102 (5510), 104 (5520),
101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),
116 (5580), 120 (5600),
106 (5530), 108 (5540),
105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),
124 (5620), 128 (5640),
110 (5550), 112 (5560),
109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),
132 (5660), 136 (5680),
114 (5570), 116 (5580),
113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),
140 (5700)
118 (5590), 120 (5600),
117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),
122 (5610), 124 (5620),
121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),
126 (5630), 128 (5640),
125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),
130 (5650), 132 (5660),
129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),
134 (5670), 136 (5680),
133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),
138 (5690), 140 (5700),
137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),
142 (5710)
141 (5705), 142 (5710)
147 (5735), 151 (5755),
145 (5725), 147 (5735),
145 (5725), 146 (5730), 147 (5735), 148 (5740),
155 (5775), 167 (5835)
149 (5745), 151 (5755),
149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),
153 (5765), 155 (5775),
153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),
157 (5785), 163 (5815),
157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 163 (5815),
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
157 (5785), 161 (5805),
165 (5825)
165 (5825), 167 (5835),
164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835),
169 (5845)
168 (5840), 169 (5845), 170 (5850)
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
163 (5815), 165 (5825),
167 (5835)
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),
167 (5835)
185
Country Codes and Channels
5 GHz Channels/Frequencies by Country
Country (Code)
Frequency
Bands
United States
DFS (U1)
5.25 - 5.35 GHz and
5.47 - 5.725 GHz
DFS
Yes
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Allowed Channels (Center Freq)
20 MHz
10 MHz
56 (5280), 60 (5300),
54 (5270), 56 (5280),
64 (5320), 100 (5500),
58 (5290), 60 (5300),
104 (5520), 108 (5540),
62 (5310), 64 (5320),
112 (5560), 116 (5580),
66 (5330), 98 (5490),
120 (5600), 124 (5620),
100 (5500), 102 (5510),
128 (5640), 132 (5660),
104 (5520), 106 (5530),
136 (5680), 140 (5700)
108 (5540), 110 (5550),
5 MHz
NA
112 (5560), 114 (5570),
116 (5580), 118 (5590),
120 (5600), 122 (5610),
124 (5620), 126 (5630),
128 (5640), 130 (5650),
132 (5660), 134 (5670),
136 (5680), 138 (5690),
140 (5700), 142 (5710)
Uruguay (UY)
Venezuela (VE)
5.725 - 5.825 GHz
5.725 - 5.825 GHz
No
No
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
157 (5785), 161 (5805)
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815)
163 (5815)
149 (5745), 153 (5765),
147 (5735), 149 (5745),
147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),
157 (5785), 161 (5805)
151 (5755), 153 (5765),
151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),
155 (5775), 157 (5785),
155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),
159 (5795), 161 (5805),
159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),
163 (5815)
163 (5815)
186
Country Codes and Channels
4.9 GHz Channels/Frequencies
MP.11-R Installation and Management
4.9 GHz Channels/Frequencies
Frequency Bands
5 MHz
4.940 -4.990 GHz
Allowed Channels (Center Frequency)
10 MHz
5 (4942.5), 15 (4947.5), 25 (4952.5),
35 (4957.5), 45 (4962), 55 (4967.5),
65 (4972.5), 75 (4977.5), 85 (4982.5),
95 (4987.5)
10 (4945), 20 (4950), 30 (4955),
40 (4960), 50 (4965), 60 (4970),
70 (4975), 80 (4980), 90 (4985)
20 MHz
20 (4950), 30 (4955), 40 (4960),
50 (4965), 60 (4970), 70 (4975),
80 (4980)
187
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Technical Specifications
Please see the following sections:
•
Part Numbers
•
Regulatory Approvals and Frequency Ranges
•
Integrated Antenna Specifications
•
OFDM Modulation Rates
•
Wireless Protocol
•
Interfaces
•
Receive Sensitivity
•
Maximum Throughput
•
Latency
•
Transmit Power Settings
•
Range Information
•
Hardware Specifications
•
Software Features
•
Management
•
LEDs
•
Power Requirements
•
Physical and Environmental Specifications
•
MTBF and Warranty
188
Technical Specifications
Part Numbers
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Part Numbers
Radio Units
North America Region
Model 2454-R
Base Station Unit
Part Number
Description
2454-BSUR-US-WORLD Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU -WORLD
Subscriber Unit
Part Number
2454-SUA-US-WORLD
2454-SUR-US-WORLD
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU -WORLD
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 16-dBi Antenna – US PSU WORLD
Model 5054-R
Base Station Unit
Part Number
5054-BSUR-US
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Subscriber Unit
Part Number
5054-SUA-US
5054-SUR-US
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna – US PSU
Model 5054-R-LR
Base Station Unit
Part Number
5054-BSUR-LR-US
5054-BSUR-LR-USWORLD
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R-LR Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R-LR Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – World
Subscriber Unit
Part Number
5054-SUA-LR-US
5054-SUA-LR-WORLD
5054-SUR-LR-US
5054-SUR-LR-WORLD
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – World
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna – World
189
Technical Specifications
Part Numbers
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Model 4954-R
Base Station Unit
Part Number
4954-BSUR-US
4954-BSUR-WORLD
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 4954-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 4954-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector, World
Subscriber Unit
Part Number
4954-SUA-US
4954-SUR-US
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 4954-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 4954-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 21 dBi Antenna – US PSU
Europe and Middle East Regions
Model 2454-R
Base Station Unit
Part Number
2454-BSUR-EU
2454-BSUR-UK
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – Europe PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – UK PSU
Subscriber Unit
Part Number
2454-SUA-EU
2454-SUA-UK
2454-SUR-EU
2454-SUR-UK
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – Europe PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – UK PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 16-dBi Antenna – Europe
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 16-dBi Antenna – UK PSU
Model 5054-R
Base Station Unit
Part Number
5054-BSUR-EU
5054-BSUR-UK
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – Europe
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – UK PSU
Subscriber Unit
Part Number
5054-SUA-EU
5054-SUA-UK
5054-SUR-EU
5054-SUR-UK
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – Europe PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – UK PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna –
Europe PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna – UK
PSU
190
Technical Specifications
Part Numbers
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Asia Pacific Region
Model 2454-R
Base Station Unit
Part Number
2454-BSUR-AU
2454-BSUR-UK
2454-BSUR-US
2454-BSUR-EU
2454-BSUR-CN
2454-BSUR-SK
2454-BSUR-US-WORLD
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – Australia
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – UK PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – Europe
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – China PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – South
Korea PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – US/CAN
PSU – WORLD
Subscriber Unit
Part Number
2454-SUA-AU
2454-SUA-UK
2454-SUA-US
2454-SUA-EU
2454-SUA-CN
2454-SUA-SK
2454-SUA-US WORLD
2454-SUR-AU
2454-SUR-UK
2454-SUR-US
2454-SUR-EU
2454-SUR-CN
2454-SUR-SK
2454-SUR-US-WORLD
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – Australia
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – UK PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – EU PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – China PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – South Korea
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US/CAN
PSU – WORLD
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 16-dBi Antenna –
Australia PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 16-dBi Antenna – UK
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 16-dBi Antenna – US
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 16-dBi Antenna – EU
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 16-dBi Antenna –
China PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 16-dBi Antenna –
South Korea PS
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 16-dBi Antenna – US/
CAN PSU - WORLD
191
Technical Specifications
Part Numbers
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Model 5054-R
Base Station Unit
Part Number
5054-BSUR-AU
5054-BSUR-UK
5054-BSUR-US
5054-BSUR-EU
5054-BSUR-US-WORLD
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – Australia
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – UK PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – Europe
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – US/CAN
PSU - WORLD
Subscriber Unit
Part Number
5054-SUA-AU
5054-SUA-UK
5054-SUA-US
5054-SUA-EU
5054-SUA-US-WORLD
5054-SUR-AU
5054-SUR-UK
5054-SUR-US
5054-SUR-EU
5054-SUR-US-WORLD
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – Australia
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – UK PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – EU PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US/CAN
PSU - WORLD
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna –
Australia PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna – UK
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna – US
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna – EU
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna – US/
CAN PSU - WORLD
Caribbean and Latin America Region
Model 2454-R
Base Station Unit
Part Number
2454-BSUR-BR
2454-BSUR-US-WORLD
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – Brazil PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – US/CAN
PSU - WORLD
Subscriber Unit
Part Number
2454-SUA-US
2454-SUA-US-WORLD
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US/CAN
PSU - WORLD
192
Technical Specifications
Part Numbers
Part Number
2454-SUR-US
2454-SUR-US-WORLD
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna – US
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US/CAN
PSU - WORLD
Model 5054-R
Base Station Unit
Part Number
5054-BSUR-US
5054-BSUR-BR
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Base Station Unit with Type-N Connector – Brazil PSU
Subscriber Unit
Part Number
5054-SUA-US
5054-SUA-BR
5054-SUR-US
5054-SUR-BR
Description
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – US PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector – Brazil PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna – US
PSU
Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna – Brazil
PSU
Accessories
Surge Arrestors/Cables
Part Number
5054-SURGE
848 274 171
848 332 789
5054-ULA400-50
848 274 205
69828
5054-LMR600-50
70251
Description
Surge Arrestor 0-6 GHz - Standard-N Female to Female
20 ft Low Loss Antenna Cable St-N - Male-Male LMR 200
20 ft Low Loss Antenna Cable St-N - Male-Male LMR 400
50 ft Low Loss Antenna Cable St-N - Male-Male LMR 400
75 ft Low Loss Antenna Cable St-N - Male-Male LMR 400
6 ft Low Loss Antenna Cable St-N - Male-Male LMR 600
50 ft Low Loss Antenna Cable St-N - Male-Male LMR 600
PoE (Power over Ethernet) Surge Arrestor for Tsunami MP.11 and QuickBridge.11
Power Injector
Part Number
69823
Description
Spare Power DC Injector for Tsunami MP.11 or QB.11 (-R model ONLY)
Outdoor Ethernet Cables
Part Number
69819
69820
Description
25m outdoor, terminated CAT5 cable for Tsunami MP.11 or QB.11 with three RJ-45
and one weather-proof Ethernet port cap
50m outdoor, terminated CAT5 cable for Tsunami MP.11 or QB.11 with three RJ-45
and one weather-proof Ethernet port cap
193
Technical Specifications
Part Number
69821
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Description
75m outdoor, terminated CAT5 cable for Tsunami MP.11 or QB.11 with three RJ-45
and one weather-proof Ethernet port cap
External Antennas
2.4 GHz Antennas
Part Number
848 515 722
848 312 591
848 515 698
848 515 706
848 515 714
2400-SA60-14
10860PA24-14
Description
5 dBi Omni-Directional Vehicle Antenna w/Integrated 250 cm cable
7 dBi Omni-Directional Base Station Antenna - St-N Female
10 dBi Omni-Directional Base Station Antenna - St-N Female
12 dBi Directional Wide Angle Antenna (120 degrees) - St-N Female
24 dBi Directional Antenna (Parabolic Grid) - St-N Female
4 dBi Directional sector antenna (60 degrees) 2.4 GHz St-N Female
14 dBi Panel Antenna St-N-Female
5 GHz Antennas
Part Number
5054-PA-18
5054-PA-23
5054-OA-8
5054-OA-10
5054-SA120-14
5054-SA60-17
Description
18 dBi Panel Antenna - St-N Female - 5.25 - 5.875 GHz
23 dBi Panel Antenna - St-N Female - 5.725 - 5.875 GHz
8 dBi Omni Directional Antenna - St-N Female - 5.47-5.850 GHz
10 dBi Omni Directional Antenna - St-N Female - 5.47-5.850 GHz
14 dBi Sector Antenna - St-N Female - 5.25-5.850 GHz - 120 degrees
17 dBi Sector Antenna - St-N Female - 5.25-5.850 GHz - 60 degrees
194
Technical Specifications
Regulatory Approvals and Frequency Ranges
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Regulatory Approvals and Frequency Ranges
Model 2454-R Regulatory Approval and Frequency Ranges
Region/Country
North America
Country
USA
Canada
Mexico
EU Countries
Other European
Countries
South America
Austria
Belgium
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxemburg
Lithuania
Malta
Netherlands
Poland
Portugal
Spain
Sweden
Slovakia
Slovenia
United Kingdom
Iceland
Liechtenstein
Norway
Switzerland
Brazil
GHz
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.472
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.472
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.472
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
Number of Channels
5 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
11
Up to 11
Up to 11
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
11
Up to 11
Up to 11
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
11
Up to 11
Up to 11
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
Certification
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
In Process
195
Technical Specifications
Regulatory Approvals and Frequency Ranges
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Model 2454-R Regulatory Approval and Frequency Ranges (continued)
Region/Country
APAC
Country
New Zealand
Japan
Hong Kong
S. Korea
China
Taiwan
GHz
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
2.40 - 2.4835
Number of Channels
5 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
13
Up to 13
Up to 13
Certification
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
196
Technical Specifications
Regulatory Approvals and Frequency Ranges
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Model 5054-R Regulatory Approval and Frequency Ranges
Region/Country
North America
Country
USA
Canada
EU Countries
Mexico
Austria
Belgium
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxemburg
Malta
Netherlands
Poland
Portugal
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
United Kingdom
Other European
Countries
Iceland
Liechtenstein
Norway
Russia
Switzerland
GHz
5.25 - 5.35
5.47 - 5.725
5.725 - 5.85
5.25 - 5.35
5.47 - 5.725
5.725 - 5.85
5.725 - 5.85
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.725 - 5.85
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.725 - 5.85
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.47 - 5.70
5.15 - 5.85
5.47 - 5.70
Number of Channels
5 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
NA
Up to 30
Up to 14
NA
Up to 30
Up to 14
Up to 21
Up to 11
Up to 5
Up to 61
Up to 30
Up to 14
Up to 61
Up to 30
Up to 14
Up to 21
Up to 11
Up to 5
Up to 21
Up to 11
Up to 5
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 4
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 4
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 141 Up to 71
Up to 36
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Certification
In Process
In Process
Yes
In Process
In Process
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
In Process
Yes
197
Technical Specifications
Integrated Antenna Specifications
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Model 5054-R Regulatory Approval and Frequency Ranges (continued)
Region/Country
South America
Country
Argentina
Brazil
Colombia
APAC
Australia
China
Hong Kong
India
New Zealand
S. Korea
Singapore
Taiwan
GHz
5.25 - 5.35
5.725 - 5.85
5.47 - 5.70
5.725 - 5.85
5.25 - 5.35
5.725 - 5.85
5.725 - 5.85
5.725 - 5.85
5.725 - 5.85
5.15 - 5.35
5.725 - 5.85
5.725 - 5.85
5.725 - 5.85
5.15 - 5.25
5.725 - 5.85
5.25 - 5.35
5.725 - 5.85
Number of Channels
5 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
Up to 9
Up to 5
Up to 3
Up to 19
Up to 10
Up to 5
Up to 46
Up to 23
Up to 11
Up to 19
Up to 10
Up to 5
Up to 15
Up to 7
Up to 3
Up to 21
Up to 11
Up to 5
Up to 21
Up to 11
Up to 5
Up to 17
Up to 9
Up to 5
Up to 21
Up to 11
Up to 5
Up to 32
Up to 16
Up to 7
Up to 17
Up to 9
Up to 5
Up to 21
Up to 11
Up to 5
Up to 17
Up to 9
Up to 5
Up to 13
Up to 7
Up to 4
Up to 17
Up to 9
Up to 5
Up to 15
Up to 7
Up to 3
Up to 17
Up to 9
Up to 5
Certification
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
In Process
Yes
Yes
In Process
Yes
Model 5054-R-LR Regulatory Approval and Frequency Ranges
Region/Country
North America
Country
USA
GHz
5.25 - 5.35
5.47 - 5.725
5.725 - 5.85
Number of Channels
5 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
Up to 61
Up to 30
Up to 14
Up to 61
Up to 30
Up to 14
Up to 21
Up to 11
Up to 5
Certification
In Process
In Process
Yes
Model 4954-R Regulatory Approval and Frequency Ranges
Region/Country
North America
Country
USA
GHz
4.940-4.990
Number of Channels
5 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
Up to 10
Up to 9
Up to 7
Certification
Yes
Integrated Antenna Specifications
Model 2454-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 16-dBi Antenna
Feature
Part Number
Frequency range
Nominal Impedance
Gain
Front-to-Back Ratio
HPBW/vertical
Specification
2454-SUR-xx
2.4 to 2.5 GHz
50 Ohms
16 dBi
25 dB
22 degrees
198
Technical Specifications
Integrated Antenna Specifications
Feature
HPBW/horizontal
Cross Polarization
Power handling
VSWR
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Specification
15 degrees
20 dB
1W
1.5 : 1 Max
Model 5054-R/5054-R-LR Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23-dBi Antenna
Feature
Part Number
Frequency range
Nominal Impedance
Gain
Front-to-Back Ratio
HPBW/vertical
HPBW/horizontal
Cross Polarization
Power handling
VSWR
Specification
5054-SUR-xx
5250 - 5875 MHz
50 ohms
23 dBi
35 dB
9 degrees
9 degrees
23 dB
1 W (cw)
2.0: 1 Max
4954-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 21-dBi Antenna
Feature
Part Number
Frequency range
Nominal Impedance
Gain
Front-to-Back Ratio
HPBW/vertical
HPBW/horizontal
Cross Polarization
Power handling
VSWR
Specification
4954-SUR-xx
4900 - 5100 MHz
50 ohms
21 dBi
35 dB
10 degrees
10 degrees
22 dB
1 W (cw)
1.5: 1 Max
199
Technical Specifications
OFDM Modulation Rates
MP.11-R Installation and Management
OFDM Modulation Rates
NOTE: Maximum packet size: 1526 Bytes
Modulation
BPSK
QPSK
16-QAM
64-QAM
Rate
10 MHz Channels
3 and 4.5 Mbps
6 and 9 Mbps
12 and 18 Mbps
24 and 36 Mbps
20 MHz Channels
6 and 9 Mbps
12 and 18 Mbps
24 and 36 Mbps
48 and 54 Mbps
5 MHz Channels
2.25 and 1.5 Mbps
3 and 4.5 Mbps
6 and 9 Mbps
12 and 18 Mbps
Wireless Protocol
Category
Wireless Protocol
Specification
Worp (Wireless Outdoor Router Protocol
Interfaces
Category
Wired Ethernet
Serial Connector
Antenna Connector for BSU and
SU with Type-N Connector
Specification
Auto-sensing 10/100BASE-TX Ethernet
RJ11 port built-into the unit, DB9 Female via a converter
included
Standard Type-N Female
Receive Sensitivity
NOTE: BER=10-6
Model 2454-R
Modulation
64QAM ¾
64QAM ½
16QAM ¾
16QAM ½
QPSK ¾
QPSK ½
BPSK ¾
BPSK ½
20 MHz Channels
-71 dBm @ 54 Mbps
-74 dBm @ 48 Mbps
-79 dBm @ 36 Mbps
-84 dBm @ 24 Mbps
-87 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-89 dBm @ 12 Mbps
-91 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-91 dBm @ 6 Mbps
10 MHz Channels
-74 dBm @ 27 Mbps
-77 dBm @ 24 Mbps
-82 dBm @18 Mbps
-87 dBm @12 Mbps
-90 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-92 dBm @ 6 Mbps
-94 dBm @ 4.5 Mbps
-94 dBm @ 3 Mbps
5 MHz Channels
-77 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-80 dBm @ 12 Mbps
-85 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-90 dBm @ 6 Mbps
-93 dBm @ 4.5 Mbps
-95 dBm @ 3 Mbps
-97 dBm @ 2.25 Mbps
-97 dBm @ 1.5 Mbps
Model 5054-R
Modulation
64QAM ¾
64QAM ½
40 MHz Channels
Turbo Mode
(US Non-DFS Only)
-66 dBm @ 108 Mbps
-68 dBm @ 96 Mbps
20 MHz Channels
Standard Mode
-69 dBm @ 54 Mbps
-72 dBm @ 48 Mbps
10 MHz Channels
Standard Mode
-72 dBm @ 36 Mbps
-75 dBm @ 24 Mbps
5 MHz Channels
Standard Mode
-75 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-78 dBm @ 12 Mbps
200
Technical Specifications
Maximum Throughput
Modulation
16QAM ¾
16QAM ½
QPSK ¾
QPSK ½
BPSK ¾
BPSK ½
40 MHz Channels
Turbo Mode
(US Non-DFS Only)
-75dBm @ 72 Mbps
-78dBm @ 48 Mbps
-81dBm @ 36 Mbps
-83 dBm @ 24 Mbps
-84 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-85 dBm @ 12 Mbps
MP.11-R Installation and Management
20 MHz Channels
Standard Mode
-77 dBm @ 36 Mbps
-80 dBm @ 24 Mbps
-83 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-86 dBm @ 12 Mbps
-87 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-88 dBm @ 6 Mbps
10 MHz Channels
Standard Mode
-80 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-83 dBm @ 12 Mbps
-86 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-89 dBm @ 6 Mbps
-90 dBm @ 4.5 Mbps
-91 dBm @ 3 Mbps
5 MHz Channels
Standard Mode
-83 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-86 dBm @ 6 Mbps
-89 dBm @ 4.5 Mbps
-92 dBm @ 3 Mbps
-93 dBm @ 2.25 Mbps
-94 dBm @ 1.5 Mbps
Model 5054-R-LR
Modulation
64QAM ¾
64QAM ½
16QAM ¾
16QAM ½
QPSK ¾
QPSK ½
BPSK ¾
BPSK ½
40 MHz Channels
Turbo Mode
(US Non-DFS Only)
-70 dBm @ 108 Mbps
-72 dBm @ 96 Mbps
-74 dBm @ 72 Mbps
-78 dBm @ 48 Mbps
-81 dBm @ 36 Mbps
-83 dBm @ 24 Mbps
-84 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-85 dBm @ 12 Mbps
20 MHz Channels
Standard Mode
-73 dBm @ 54 Mbps
-75 dBm @ 48 Mbps
-84 dBm @ 36 Mbps
-85 dBm @ 24 Mbps
-89 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-90 dBm @ 12 Mbps
-93 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-94 dBm @ 6 Mbps
10 MHz Channels
Standard Mode
-73 dBm @ 36 Mbps
-76 dBm @ 24 Mbps
-81 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-84 dBm @ 12 Mbps
-87 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-90 dBm @ 6 Mbps
-81 dBm @ 4.5 Mbps
-91 dBm @ 3 Mbps
5 MHz Channels
Standard Mode
-76 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-79 dBm @ 12 Mbps
-83 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-86 dBm @ 6 Mbps
-89 dBm @ 4.5 Mbps
-92 dBm @ 3 Mbps
-93 dBm @ 2.25 Mbps
-95 dBm @ 1.5 Mbps
Model 4954-R
Modulation
64QAM ¾
64QAM ½
16QAM ¾
16QAM ½
QPSK ¾
QPSK ½
BPSK ¾
BPSK ½
20 MHz Channels
-71.4 dBm @ 54 Mbps
-72.9 dBm @ 48 Mbps
-79.3 dBm @ 36 Mbps
-82.4 dBm @ 24 Mbps
-86.2 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-88.2 dBm @ 12 Mbps
-90.2 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-91.2 dBm @ 6 Mbps
10 MHz Channels
-76.2 dBm @ 27 Mbps
-82.2 dBm @ 24 Mbps
-83.3 dBm @ 18 Mbps
-87 dBm @ 12 Mbps
-90 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-92 dBm @ 6 Mbps
-93 dBm @ 4.5 Mbps
-94 dBm @ 3 Mbps
5 MHz Channels
-78.4 dBm @ 13.5 Mbps
-79.9 dBm @ 12 Mbps
-86.3 dBm @ 9 Mbps
-90 dBm @ 6 Mbps
-93 dBm @ 4.5 Mbps
-95 dBm @ 3 Mbps
-96 dBm @ 2.25 Mbps
-97 dBm @ 1.5 Mbps
Maximum Throughput
NOTE: Actual throughput performance in the field may vary.
Model 2454-R
Data Rate
54 Mbps
48 Mbps
36 Mbps
24 Mbps
20 MHz Channels
30 Mbps
28 Mbps
18 Mbps
14 Mbps
10 MHz Channels
—
—
—
—
5 MHz Channels
—
—
—
—
201
Technical Specifications
Maximum Throughput
Data Rate
18 Mbps
12 Mbps
9 Mbps
6 Mbps
4.5 Mbps
3 Mbps
2.25 Mbps
1 Mbps
MP.11-R Installation and Management
20 MHz Channels
12 Mbps
9 Mbps
7 Mbps
5 Mbps
—
—
—
—
10 MHz Channels
12 Mbps
9 Mbps
7 Mbps
5 Mbps
4 Mbps
2 Mbps
—
—
5 MHz Channels
—
—
6.8 Mbps
5 Mbps
4 Mbps
2.7 Mbps
2 Mbps
1.4 Mbps
40 MHz Channels 20 MHz Channels
Turbo Mode
Standard Mode
(US Non-DFS Only)
35 Mbps
—
10 MHz Channels
Standard Mode
5 MHz Channels
Standard Mode
—
—
Model 5054-R/5054-R-LR
Data Rate
108 Mbps
Turbo 54
96 Mbps
Turbo 48
72 Mbps
Turbo 36
48 Mbps
Turbo 24
36 Mbps
Turbo 18
24 Mbps
Turbo 12
54 Mbps
48 Mbps
36 Mbps
24 Mbps
18 Mbps
12 Mbps
9 Mbps
6 Mbps
4.5 Mbps
3 Mbps
2.25 Mbps
1 Mbps
35 Mbps
—
—
—
35 Mbps
—
—
—
27 Mbps
—
—
—
22 Mbps
—
—
—
16 Mbps
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
29 Mbps
27 Mbps
22 Mbps
16 Mbps
13 Mbps
9 Mbps
7 Mbps
5 Mbps
—
—
—
—
16 Mbps
13 Mbps
9 Mbps
7 Mbps
5 Mbps
3.6 Mbps
2.4 Mbps
—
—
7 Mbps
4.7 Mbps
3.8 Mbps
2.7 Mbps
2 Mbps
1.2 Mbps
Model 4954-R
Data Rate
54 Mbps
48 Mbps
36 Mbps
24 Mbps
18 Mbps
20 MHz Channels
29 Mbps
27 Mbps
22 Mbps
16 Mbps
13 Mbps
10 MHz Channels
—
—
—
16 Mbps
13 Mbps
5 MHz Channels
—
—
—
—
—
202
Technical Specifications
Latency
Data Rate
12 Mbps
9 Mbps
6 Mbps
4.5 Mbps
3 Mbps
2.25 Mbps
1 Mbps
MP.11-R Installation and Management
20 MHz Channels
9 Mbps
7 Mbps
5 Mbps
—
—
—
—
10 MHz Channels
9 Mbps
7 Mbps
5 Mbps
3.6 Mbps
2.4 Mbps
—
—
5 MHz Channels
—
7 Mbps
4.7 Mbps
3.8 Mbps
2.7 Mbps
2 Mbps
1.2 Mbps
Latency
Category
Typical at Max Throughput
Specification
10 ms (as measured with test equipment under controlled lab conditions and
best performing packet size)
Transmit Power Settings
•
Output Power Attenuation: 0 - 18 dB, in 1 dB steps
•
Output Power Values will have a tolerance of +- 1.5 dB
Model 2454-R
Frequency
2.400-2.483 GHz
6-24 Mbps @ 20 MHz 36 Mbps @ 20 MHz 48 Mbps @ 20 MHz 54 Mbps @ 20 MHz
16QAM ¾
64QAM ½
64QAM ¾
16QAM ½; QPSK ¾;
QPSK ½; BPSK ¾;
BPSK ½
16 dBm
16 dBm
14 dBm
13 dBm
Model 5054-R
Frequency
5.25-5.35 GHz
5.47-5.725 GHz
5.725-5.850 GHz
6-24 Mbps @ 20 MHz 36 Mbps @ 20 MHz
16QAM ¾
16QAM ½; QPSK ¾;
QPSK ½; BPSK ¾;
BPSK ½
15 dBm
13 dBm
16 dBm
13 dBm
16 dBm
13 dBm
48 Mbps @ 20 MHz
64QAM ½
12 dBm
12 dBm
12 dBm
54 Mbps @ 20 MHz
64QAM ¾
11 dBm
11 dBm
11 dBm
Model 5054-R-LR
Frequency
5.25 - 5.35 GHz
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
6-24 Mbps @ 20 MHz 36 Mbps @ 20 MHz
16QAM ¾
16QAM ½; QPSK ¾;
QPSK ½; BPSK ¾;
BPSK ½
20 dBm
20 dBm
25 dBm
23 dBm
48 Mbps @ 20 MHz
64QAM ½
20 dBm
22 dBm
54 Mbps @ 20 MHz
64QAM ¾
20 dBm
20 dBm
203
Technical Specifications
Range Information
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Model 4954-R
Frequency
4.945-4.990 GHz
6-24 Mbps @ 20 MHz 36 Mbps @ 20 MHz
16QAM ¾
16QAM ½; QPSK ¾;
QPSK ½; BPSK ¾;
BPSK ½
16 dBm
15 dBm
48 Mbps @ 20 MHz
64QAM ½
14 dBm
54 Mbps @ 20 MHz
64QAM ¾
13 dBm
Range Information
Model 2454-R
Frequency
54 Mbps
2.4-2.4835 GHz (US) 3 mi/4.8 km
2.4-2.8 GHz (ETSI)
1 mi/1.6 km
36 Mbps
5 mi/8.05 km
2.6 mi/4.2 km
6 Mbps
3 mi/4.8 km
2.6 mi/4.2 km
Note: Minimum fade margin; 99.995% or better availability; average terrain/climate; no unusual mulitpath; proper path clearance (0.6F1)
Model 5054-R
Frequency
5.25-5.35 GHz (US)
5.47-5.7GHz (ETSI)
5.725-5.850 (US)
54 Mbps
3 mi/4.8 km
3 mi/4.8 km
3 mi/4.8 km
36 Mbps
6 mi/9.6 km
6 mi/9.6 km
6 mi/9.6 km
6 Mbps
3 mi/4.8 km
2.1 mi/3.8km
3 mi/4.8 km
Note: Minimum fade margin; 99.995% or better availability; average terrain/climate; no unusual mulitpath; proper path clearance (0.6F1). Distance calculations for 5 MHz and 10 MHz are comparable for ETSI regulatory domains. Proper TPC settings (-9 dB @ 20 MHz, -12 dB @
10 MHz, -15 dB @ 5 MHz) should be set to meet power density rules. Increased distances are possible in the US with proper engineering.
Model 5054-R-LR
Frequency
54 Mbps
5.25 - 5.35 GHz (US)
5 mi/8.05 km
5.725 - 5.85 GHz (ETSI) 5 mi/8.05 km
36 Mbps
6 mi/9.6 km
20 mi/32 km
6 Mbps
5 mi/8.05 km
20 mi/32 km
Note: Ranges calculated with a minimum of 15 dB theoretical system operating margin with a 20 MHz bandwidth. Assumes the integrated 23 dBi
antenna is used at each end, the link has clear line of site, proper path clearance (0.6F1), average terrain/climate, and no unusual multipath. US values presume transmit power is reduced to -3 dBm to comply with FCC EIRP limitations. ETSI values presume transmit power
is set to maximum, which complies with regulations.
Model 4954-R
Frequency
4.940 - 4.990 GHz
54 Mbps
1.0 mi/1.6 km
36 Mbps
3 mi/4.8 km
6 Mbps
10 mi/16.1 km
Note: 6 Mbps uses 24 dBi external antenna
Hardware Specifications
Category
Processor
Memory
Specification
166 MHz Motorola 8241 processor
Flash: 8 MB; RAM: 16 MB
204
Technical Specifications
Software Features
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Software Features
Category
Key Features
Bridging and Routing
Filtering
Services
VLAN
Security Features
Specification
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
WORP protocol
Dynamic Data Rate Selection (Configured on BSU)
Transmit Power Control
Antenna Alignment (CLI output)
Integrity Check for Software Upload
Mobility with Auto-scanning
QoS Support; up to 8 classes of service, up to 8 service flows per class (BSU only)
Satellite Density
Enhanced Dynamic Frequency Selection (Configured on BSU)
Redundancy
Spanning Tree (802.1D)
Bridge (802.1d)
IP/ RIPv1 (RFC 1058)
IP/ RIPv2 (RFC 1388)
CIDR (RFC 1519)
ICMP (RFC 792)
IP (RFC 791)
ARP (RFC 826)
Ethernet protocol (Ethertype)
Static MAC
Storm threshold
IP address
Broadcast protocol
Intra Cell Blocking (Configured on BSU)
DHCP Server (RFC 2131)
DHCP Client (RFC 2131)
Bi-Directional Bandwidth Control
NAT (RFC 3022) (Configured on SU)
DHCP Relay (RFC 2131) (Configured on SU)
802.1Q (Configured on BSU)
Critical feature support via WORP for secure long-range wireless deployments in
unlicensed frequency spectrum
MD5 (embedded in WORP) authentication between BSU and SU
Filter based on packet information such as unicast/multicast/ broadcast MAC or IP
MAC Authentication (Configured on BSU)
Secure “over the air encryption” with WEP, WEP+, and AES, and AES-CCB
RADIUS MAC Access Control (Configured on BSU)
RADIUS (RFC 2138)
Intra-cell blocking to allow the BSU to act as the central policy enforcer for SU to SU
communications
Management
Category
Local
Specification
RS-232 Serial port (RJ11 port built-into the unit; DB9 female via a converter, included)
205
Technical Specifications
LEDs
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Category
Specification
HTTP Server (RFC 2616); Telnet (RFC 855), TFTP Client (RFC 783), Link Test, SU/BSU
Statistics, temperature logging, remote reboot/reset
SNMPv1/v2 (RFC 1157); SNMPv2c (RFC 1907); MIB-II (RFC 1213); Ethernet-like MIB
(RFC 1643); BridgeMIB (RFC 1483); 802.3MAU (RFC 2668); 802.11 MIB; Private MIB;
ORiNOCO MIB
Category
Specification
Two indicators on RJ45 connector to indicate:
• Power
• Wireless Activity
• Ethernet Activity
Remote
SNMP
LEDs
Types
Power Requirements
Category
Power-over-Ethernet
Specification
• Custom Power over Ethernet (802.3af compatible)
• Input: Voltage 110 to 250 VAC (47-63Hz)
Outdoor Radio Unit
• Output: 48V @ 420mA MAX (injected into the Cat-5 Cable)
• Power Consumption: 7.5W typical. Up to 20 Watts across full
operating temperature range.
• Input: Voltage 42 to 60 VDC
Physical and Environmental Specifications
Category
Specification
Physical
Dimensions (unpackaged) • All Base Station and Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector:
10.5 in x 10.5 in x 3.25 in (267 mm x 267 mm x 83 mm)
Weight (unpackaged)
• Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23 dBi or 21 dBi Antenna:
12.60 in x 12.60 in x 3.50 in (320 mm x 320 mm x 89 mm)
• Model 2454-R/5054-R/5054-R-LR Base Station and Subscriber Unit with Type-N
Connector:
5.5 lbs (2.49 kg) Unit-only; .45 lbs (.20 kg) for power supply
• Model 4954-R Base Station and Subscriber Unit with Type-N Connector:
6.5 lbs (2.9 kg) Unit-only; .45 lbs (.20 kg) for power supply
• Model 2454-R/5054-R/5054-R-LR Subscriber Unit with Integrated 23 dBi Antenna:
6.0 lbs (2.72 kg) Unit-only,.45 lbs (.20 kg) for power supply
• Model 4954-R Subscriber Unit with Integrated 21 dBi Antenna:
7.0 lbs (3.18 kg) Unit-only,.45 lbs (.20 kg) for power supply
Environmental
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
Humidity
Wind Loading
-55° to 80°C (-41° to 176° Fahrenheit)
-33° to 60°C (-27.5° to 140° Fahrenheit)
100%
125 m.p.h
206
Technical Specifications
MTBF and Warranty
MP.11-R Installation and Management
MTBF and Warranty
Category
MTBF
Warranty
Specification
>100,000 hours
1 year parts and labor
207
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Lightning Protection
Lightning protection is used to maximize the reliability of communications equipment by safely re-directing current from a
lightning strike or a power surge traveling along the Cat 5 Ethernet cabling to ground using the shortest path possible.
Designing a proper grounding system prior to installing any communications equipment is critical to minimize the
possibility of equipment damage, void warranties, and cause serious injury.
The surge arrestor (sometimes referred to as a lightning protector) can protect your sensitive electronic equipment from
high-voltage surges caused by discharges and transients at the PoE.
Proxim Wireless offers superior lightning and surge protection for Tsunami MP.11 and Tsunami QuickBridge.11 products.
Contact your reseller or distributor for more information.
208
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Technical Services and Support
Obtaining Technical Services and Support
If you are having trouble utilizing your Proxim product, please review this manual and the additional documentation
provided with your product.
If you require additional support and would like to use Proxim’s free Technical Service to help resolve your issue, please
be ready to provide the following information before you contact Proxim’s Technical Services:
•
•
•
Product information:
–
Part number of suspected faulty unit
–
Serial number of suspected faulty unit
Trouble/error information:
–
Trouble/symptom being experienced
–
Activities completed to confirm fault
–
Network information (what kind of network are you using?)
–
Circumstances that preceded or led up to the error
–
Message or alarms viewed
–
Steps taken to reproduce the problem
Servpak information (if a Servpak customer):
–
•
Servpak account number
Registration information:
–
If the product is not registered, date when you purchased the product
–
If the product is not registered, location where you purchased the product
NOTE: If you would like to register your product now, visit the Proxim eService Web Site at
http://support.proxim.com and click on New Product Registration.
209
Technical Services and Support
Support Options
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Support Options
Proxim eService Web Site Support
The Proxim eService Web site is available 7x24x365 at http://support.proxim.com.
On the Proxim eService Web Site, you can access the following services:
•
New Product Registration: Register your product for free support.
•
Open a Ticket or RMA: Open a ticket or RMA and receive an immediate reply.
•
Search Knowledgebase: Locate white papers, software upgrades, and technical information.
•
ServPak (Service Packages): Receive Advanced Replacement, Extended Warranty, 7x24x365 Technical Support,
Priority Queuing, and On-Site Support.
•
Your Stuff: Track status of your tickets or RMAs and receive product update notifications.
•
Provide Feedback: Submit suggestions or other types of feedback.
•
Customer Survey: Submit an On-Line Customer Survey response.
•
Repair Tune-Up: Have your existing Proxim equipment inspected, tested, and upgraded to current S/W and H/W
revisions, and extend your warranty for another year.
Telephone Support
Contact technical support via telephone as follows:
•
Domestic: 866-674-6626
•
International: +1-408-542-5390
Hours of Operation
•
North America: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. PST, Monday through Friday
•
EMEA: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. GMT, Monday through Friday
ServPak Support
Proxim understands that service and support requirements vary from customer to customer. It is our mission to offer
service and support options that go above-and-beyond normal warranties to allow you the flexibility to provide the quality
of service that your networks demand.
In recognition of these varying requirements we have developed a support program called ServPak. ServPak is a
program of Enhanced Service Options that can be purchased individually or in combinations to meet your needs.
•
Advanced Replacement: This service offers customers an advance replacement of refurbished or new hardware.
(Available in the U.S., Canada, and select countries. Please inquire with your authorized Proxim distributor for
availability in your country.)
•
Extended Warranty: This service provides unlimited repair of your Proxim hardware for the life of the service
contract.
•
7x24x365 Technical Support: This service provides unlimited, direct access to Proxim’s world-class technical
support 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.
•
Priority Queuing: This service allows your product issue to be routed to the next available Customer Service
Engineer.
To purchase ServPak support services, please contact your authorized Proxim distributor. To receive more information
or for questions on any of the available ServPak support options, please call Proxim Support at +1-408-542-5390 or send
an email to servpak@proxim.com.
210
MP.11-R Installation and Management
Statement of Warranty
Warranty Coverage
Proxim Wireless Corporation warrants that its Products are manufactured solely from new parts, conform substantially to
specifications, and will be free of defects in material and workmanship for a Warranty Period of 1 year from the date of
purchase.
Repair or Replacement
In the event a Product fails to perform in accordance with its specification during the Warranty Period, Proxim offers
return-to-factory repair or replacement, with a thirty (30) business-day turnaround from the date of receipt of the
defective Product at a Proxim Wireless Corporation Repair Center. When Proxim Wireless has reasonably determined
that a returned Product is defective and is still under Warranty, Proxim Wireless shall, at its option, either: (a) repair the
defective Product; (b) replace the defective Product with a refurbished Product that is equivalent to the original; or (c)
where repair or replacement cannot be accomplished, refund the price paid for the defective Product. The Warranty
Period for repaired or replacement Products shall be ninety (90) days or the remainder of the original Warranty Period,
whichever is longer. This constitutes Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy and Proxim Wireless’s sole and exclusive
liability under this Warranty.
Limitations of Warranty
The express warranties set forth in this Agreement will not apply to defects in a Product caused; (i) through no fault of
Proxim Wireless during shipment to or from Buyer, (ii) by the use of software other than that provided with or installed in
the Product, (iii) by the use or operation of the Product in an application or environment other than that intended or
recommended by Proxim Wireless, (iv) by modifications, alterations, or repairs made to the Product by any party other
than Proxim Wireless or Proxim Wireless’s authorized repair partners, (v) by the Product being subjected to unusual
physical or electrical stress, or (vii) by failure of Buyer to comply with any of the return procedures specified in this
Statement of Warranty.
Support Procedures
Buyer should return defective LAN1 Products within the first 30 days to the merchant from which the Products were
purchased. Buyer can contact a Proxim Wireless Customer Service Center either by telephone or via web. Calls for
support for Products that are near the end of their warranty period should be made not longer than seven (7) days after
expiration of warranty. Repair of Products that are out of warranty will be subject to a repair fee. Contact information is
shown below. Additional support information can be found at Proxim Wireless’s web site at http://support.proxim.com.
•
Domestic: 866-674-6626
•
International: +1-408-542-5390
Hours of Operation
•
North America: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. PST, Monday through Friday
•
EMEA: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. GMT, Monday through Friday
When contacting the Customer Service for support, Buyer should be prepared to provide the Product description and
serial number and a description of the problem. The serial number should be on the product.
In the event the Customer Service Center determines that the problem can be corrected with a software update, Buyer
might be instructed to download the update from Proxim Wireless’s web site or, if that’s not possible, the update will be
sent to Buyer. In the event the Customer Service Center instructs Buyer to return the Product to Proxim Wireless for
1. LAN products include: ORiNOCO™
211
Statement of Warranty
Other Information
MP.11-R Installation and Management
repair or replacement, the Customer Service Center will provide Buyer a Return Material Authorization (“RMA”) number
and shipping instructions. Buyer must return the defective Product to Proxim Wireless, properly packaged to prevent
damage, shipping prepaid, with the RMA number prominently displayed on the outside of the container.
Calls to the Customer Service Center for reasons other than Product failure will not be accepted unless Buyer has
purchased a Proxim Wireless Service Contract or the call is made within the first thirty (30) days of the Product’s invoice
date. Calls that are outside of the 30-day free support time will be charged a fee of $25.00 (US Dollars) per Support Call.
If Proxim Wireless reasonably determines that a returned Product is not defective or is not covered by the terms
of this Warranty, Buyer shall be charged a service charge and return shipping charges.
Other Information
Search Knowledgebase
Proxim Wireless stores all resolved problems in a solution database at the following URL: http://support.proxim.com.
Ask a Question or Open an Issue
Submit a question or open an issue to Proxim Wireless technical support staff at the following URL: http://
support.proxim.com/cgi-bin/proxim.cfg/php/enduser/ask.php.
Other Adapter Cards
Proxim Wireless does not support internal mini-PCI devices that are built into laptop computers, even if identified as
"ORiNOCO" devices. Customers having such devices should contact the laptop vendor's technical support for
assistance.
For support for a PCMCIA card carrying a brand name other than Proxim, ORiNOCO, Lucent, Wavelan, or Skyline,
Customer should contact the brand vendor's technical support for assistance.
212

---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : 3.1-702
Modify Date                     : 2007:05:09 08:04:04-07:00
Create Date                     : 2007:05:09 08:03:49-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2007:05:09 08:04:04-07:00
Creator Tool                    : FrameMaker 7.1
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : MP.11-R-FCC.book
Creator                         : ADickson
Document ID                     : uuid:86c909bc-a2ab-4384-9c07-a7c6cca90b44
Instance ID                     : uuid:2f776413-e380-4ba0-b090-6e61788fc480
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 7.0.5 (Windows)
Page Count                      : 154
Author                          : ADickson

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools